swinburne research bank | swinburne research bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the...

242
DEVELOPMENT OF A VISCOELASTIC TUNED MASS DAMPER TO REDUCE WALKING INDUCED VIBRATIONS IN BUILDING FLOORS by Ibrahim Saidi A thesis submitted in total fulfilment of the requirements of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy February 2012 Faculty of Engineering and Industrial Sciences Swinburne University of Technology

Upload: others

Post on 11-Mar-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

DEVELOPMENT OF A VISCOELASTIC

TUNED MASS DAMPER TO REDUCE

WALKING INDUCED VIBRATIONS IN

BUILDING FLOORS

by

Ibrahim Saidi

A thesis submitted in total fulfilment of the requirements

of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy

February 2012

Faculty of Engineering and Industrial Sciences

Swinburne University of Technology

Page 2: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

i

ABSTRACT

Excessive floor vibration due to human excitations has become a significant

serviceability concern for office floors in the last two decades. The use of

lightweight and high strength materials, nominal furniture and open layouts have

resulted in lighter floors with less damping and hence an increase in vibration

related problems. In office floors, this may lead to unacceptable floor response

due to walking excitation and hence annoyance problems.

When excessive vibrations are encountered in existing floors, there are few

options available as remedial actions. If a change of floor layout or stiffening is

not practical, the use of a Tuned Mass Damper (TMD) to increase floor damping

is one of the attractive possible solutions. Currently, conventional viscous Tuned

Mass Dampers (TMDs) to treat floors experiencing small displacements due to

walking is not practically available.

The main aim of this research was to develop a cost effective and simple TMD

that can deal with floor systems with small vibration displacements. A new

innovative TMD in the form of a cantilever beam with an end mass was

developed to suppress floor vibrations. The cantilever beam consists of a

viscoelastic layer constrained by two constraining layers. The new viscoelastic

TMD can be fitted within the false floor or false ceiling spaces.

Based on extensive analytical modelling, Finite Element (FE) analysis, laboratory

testing and investigation of a real office floor, the following conclusions could be

made:

i) the new viscoelastic TMD is simple and cost effective as it can be

constructed from commercially available rubber.

Page 3: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

ii

ii) an analytical model was developed which can be used to design the new

TMD for floor applications. As expected, the performance of the

viscoelastic TMD is highly dependent on the geometry and properties of

the materials used in its construction particularly the dissipation loss

factor of the rubber as it acts as the damping element of the TMD.

iii) prototype viscoelastic TMDs were tested on simply supported steel and

concrete beams and it was found that the viscoelastic TMDs were very

efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical

shaker and human excitations.

iv) for full scale floors where a single damper may be too large to fit in the

available space, multiple damper solutions were developed and tested.

The multiple dampers can be located at one spot or distributed.

v) the viscoelastic TMD solution in the form of multiple distributed dampers

was successfully applied to a real office floor experiencing excessive

vibrations. The new TMD was able to reduce the vibrations by at least a

factor of 1/3.

The new viscoelastic damper offers design engineers a non intrusive and cost

efficient solution to reduce excessive vibrations in floor systems. In a distributed

form, the TMDs can be reasonably small in size and easily tuned.

Page 4: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

iii

DECLARATION

This is to certify that:

the thesis comprises only my original work, except where

acknowledgement is made in the text.

to the best of my knowledge, contains no material previously published or

written by another person, except where due reference is made, and

this material has not been submitted, either in whole or in part, for a

degree at this or any other academic institution.

Signature: _______________________

Ibrahim Saidi

Page 5: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I would like to give all my thanks to Allah who loves me and gave me the ability

to complete this research.

I would like to thank my supervisors Prof. Emad Gad, Prof. John Wilson and

A/Prof. Nicholas Haritos for their patience and guidance throughout my time as a

Ph.D. student. Their kindness and interest in the work of all their students is

encouraging.

I would like to thank Dr. Adnan Mohammad from the University of Technology,

Iraq, for his contributions to my work. He offered valuable assistance for which I

am truly grateful. I would like to thank Tuan Nguyen and Ari Wibowo for helping

me with my experimental tests and analysis. I would like also to thank Dr. Igor

Sbarski and Header Haddad for their assistance in material testings.

I would especially like to thank my wife, Asma, for her encouragement, patience,

and support. A great big thanks to my lovely daughters who were a powerful

source of inspiration and energy to me. I would also like to express my deepest

gratitude to my parents for their support throughout my education.

Page 6: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

v

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS

The following is a list of papers arising from the research presented in this

thesis.

Published Papers

Saidi, I, Haritos, N, Gad, EF & Wilson, JL 2006, 'Floor vibrations due to

human excitation : damping perspective', Annual Technical Conference of

the Australian Earthquake Engineering Society : Earthquake Engineering

in Australia, Canberra, pp. 257-264.

Saidi, I, Mohammed, AD, Gad, EF, Wilson, JW & Haritos, N 2007,

'Optimum design for passive tuned mass dampers using viscoelastic

materials', Proceedings of the Australian Earthquake Engineering Society

Conference (AEES 2007), Wollongong, New South Wales, Australia,

Paper no. 47.

Saidi, I, Mohammed, A, Gad, E, Wilson, J & Haritos, N 2008,

'Development of a Viscoelastic Tuned Mass Damper for Floor Vibration

Applications', Australian Structural Engineering Conference, Melbourne,

Vic., pp. 884-892.

Saidi, I, Gad, EF, Wilson, JL & Haritos, N 2008, 'Innovative passive

viscoelastic damper to suppress excessive floor vibrations', Proceedings of

the Earthquake Engineering in Australia Conference (AEES 2008),

Ballarat, Victoria, Australia, Paper no. 42.

Page 7: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

vi

Saidi, I, Gad, EF, Wilson, JL & Haritos, N 2010, 'Rectification of floor

vibrations using viscoelastic tuned mass damper', Concrete in Australia,

vol. 36, no. 2, pp. 27-31.

Saidi, I, Gad, EF, Wilson, JL & Haritos 2011, 'Development of passive

viscoelastic damper to attenuate excessive floor vibrations', Engineering

Structures, doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2011.05.017.

Accepted Papers

Nguyen, T, Saidi, I, Gad, EF, Wilson, JL & Haritos, N, 'Performance of

distributed multiple viscoelastic tuned mass dampers for floor vibration

applications', Advances in Structural Engineering, reviewer comments

received on 16 May 2011.

Page 8: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

vii

Table of Contents

List of Figures ........................................................................................................ xi

List of Tables ..................................................................................................... xviii

1. Introduction..........................................................................................................1

1.1. Background ...................................................................................................1

1.2. Research Aim and Objectives.......................................................................3

1.3. Thesis Outline ...............................................................................................5

2. Literature Review ................................................................................................7

2.1. Introduction...................................................................................................7

2.2. Walking Excitation .......................................................................................7

2.2.1. Single Person Walking Excitation .............................................................9

2.2.2. Group Walking Excitation .......................................................................16

2.3. Assessment of Floor Response to Walking Excitation ...............................16

2.3.1. AISC DG11 Method ................................................................................16

2.3.1.1. Acceptance Criteria for Human Comfort..............................................17

2.3.1.2. Evaluation of Floor’s Peak Response to Walking ................................19

2.3.1.3. Idealisation of Single Degree of Freedom Systems..............................20

2.3.1.4. Floor Damping Value for AISC DG11 Method ...................................24

2.3.1.5. Summary of AISC DG11 Procedure ....................................................27

2.3.2. SCI P354 Method.....................................................................................28

2.3.3. Hivoss Method.........................................................................................32

2.3.3.1. Damping Estimation Using Hivoss Method .........................................32

2.3.3.2. Determination of Natural Frequency and Mass of Floor Using Hivoss

Method ...............................................................................................................33

2.3.3.3. Hivoss Acceptance Criteria...................................................................36

2.3.4. CCIP-016 Method....................................................................................39

2.4. Damping Estimation from Measured Data .................................................45

2.4.1. Logarithmic Decrement Analysis (LDM)................................................45

2.4.2. Half-Power Bandwidth (HPB).................................................................46

Page 9: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

viii

2.4.3. Circle-Fit Method ....................................................................................48

2.4.4. Random Decrement Technique (Randec) ................................................50

2.5. Remedial Measures to Suppress Floor Vibrations......................................52

2.6. Dampers ......................................................................................................54

2.6.1. Passive Tuned Mass Dampers (TMD).....................................................54

2.6.1.1. Damping Elements................................................................................58

2.6.1.2. Application of Passive TMDs on Floor Systems..................................60

2.6.2. Semiactive Control Dampers ...................................................................65

2.6.3. Active Control Dampers ..........................................................................68

2.7. Concluding Remarks...................................................................................69

3. Viscoelastic Damper ..........................................................................................72

3.1. Introduction.................................................................................................72

3.2. Damping Using Viscoelastic Materials ......................................................72

3.3. The Concept of New Viscoelastic Damper.................................................74

3.4. Development of Analytical Model .............................................................76

3.5. Approximate Analytical Method ................................................................78

3.6. Design of Proposed Viscoelastic Damper ..................................................80

3.7. Determination of Viscoelastic Material Properties.....................................83

3.7.1. Dynamic Mechanical Analyser (DMA)...................................................84

3.7.2. Back Calculation from Prototype Testing ...............................................87

3.8. Validation of Analytical Model Using Prototype Dampers........................88

3.8.1. Validation of Analytical Model Using Physical Testing .........................89

3.8.2. Validation of Analytical Model Using FE Analysis ................................92

3.9. Concluding Remarks...................................................................................98

4. Performance of Viscoelastic Dampers.............................................................101

4.1. Introduction...............................................................................................101

4.2. Case Study 1 – Steel Beam .......................................................................101

4.2.1. Measurement of the Steel Beam Dynamic Properties ...........................102

4.2.2. Prediction of Steel Beam Response without and with Damper .............104

4.2.3. Development of Viscoelastic Damper for Steel Beam ..........................107

4.2.4. Measurement of Steel Beam Response..................................................108

4.2.5. FE Modeling for the Steel Beam ...........................................................110

Page 10: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

ix

4.2.6. Sensitivity of Steel Beam Response to TMD Natural Frequency .........114

4.2.7. Sensitivity of TMD Performance to Damping Ratio of TMD and Beam

.........................................................................................................................115

4.2.8. Sensitivity of Steel Beam Response to TMD Point of Attachment .......117

4.3. Case Study 2 – Concrete T beam..............................................................119

4.3.1. Experimental Modal Analysis ...............................................................122

4.3.2. Viscoelastic Damper Design for T Beam ..............................................129

4.3.3. Application of TMD to T Beam.............................................................131

4.3.4. Performance of the Damper Due to Heel Drop Excitation ....................131

4.3.5. Performance of the Damper Due to Walking Excitation .......................133

4.3.6. FE Model for Walking Excitation .........................................................135

4.3.7. Sensitivity of the T Beam Response to TMD Natural Frequency .........141

4.3.8. Sensitivity of the T Beam Response to TMD Damping Ratio ..............143

4.4. Concluding Remarks.................................................................................144

5. Application of Multiple Dampers ....................................................................148

5.1. Introduction...............................................................................................148

5.2. Multiple Tuned Mass Dampers (MTMD) ................................................149

5.3. Multiple Dampers at the Mid-span of the T beam....................................151

5.3.1. Distributed Damper Systems .................................................................154

5.3.2. Multiple Dampers Distributed on T beam .............................................156

5.4. Multiple Viscoelastic Dampers on an Office Floor ..................................161

5.4.1. Determination of Floor Natural Frequency ...........................................165

5.4.2. Determination of the Peak Acceleration Due to Walking .....................165

5.4.3. Determination of Floor Damping Ratio.................................................168

5.4.3.1. Dynamic Testing of Building Floors ..................................................170

5.4.3.1.1. Modal Testing of Floors without Measuring the Excitation Force..170

5.4.3.1.2. Modal Testing of Floors with Measurements Made of the Excitation

Force ................................................................................................................171

5.4.4. FE Model to Determine Floor Dynamic Properties ...............................171

5.4.4.1. FE Model for Problematic Bay...........................................................172

5.4.4.2. FE Model for Problematic Bay with Adjoining Bays.........................173

5.4.4.3. FE Model for Entire Floor ..................................................................175

Page 11: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

x

5.4.5. Peak Acceleration of the Floor Using Analytical and FE Models.........177

5.4.5.1. Peak Acceleration Obtained From Analytical Solution......................177

5.4.5.2. Peak Acceleration Obtained from FE Model......................................178

5.4.6. Development of Multiple Viscoelastic Dampers...................................180

5.4.7. Preliminary Estimation of the Retrofitted Floor Response....................182

5.4.8. Installation of Viscoelastic Dampers and Testing .................................183

5.4.9. In-situ Vibration Measurements ............................................................184

5.4.9.1. Retrofitted Floor Response to Walking Excitation.............................184

5.4.9.2. Retrofitted Floor Response to Shaker Excitation ...............................185

5.4.10. FE Model for Floor with Dampers ......................................................186

5.5. Concluding Remarks.................................................................................187

6. Parametric Analyses ........................................................................................190

6.1. Introduction...............................................................................................190

6.2. Performance of MTMD to Variations in Floor Damping Ratio ...............190

6.3. Performance of MTMD to Variations in Damper Damping Ratio ...........192

6.4. Performance of MTMD to the Variation in Mass Ratio ...........................193

6.5. Performance of MTMD to Variations in Damper’s Frequency................195

6.6. Performance of MTMD to Departure from Location of Maximum

Response ..........................................................................................................198

6.7. Concluding Remarks.................................................................................200

7. Conclusions......................................................................................................203

7.1. Floor Assessment and Rectification Methods ..........................................203

7.2. Concept of the New Damper ....................................................................204

7.3. Development of Analytical Model ...........................................................204

7.4. Validation of Analytical Model ................................................................204

7.5. Application of Viscoelastic TMD on Simple Beams................................205

7.6. Application of New TMD in Multiple Form ............................................209

7.7. Application of Multiple TMD on a Real Floor.........................................210

7.8. Sensitivity of Floor Response to variations in Floor and TMD Properties

.........................................................................................................................212

7.9. Recommendations for Future Work .........................................................213

References............................................................................................................215

Page 12: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

xi

List of Figures

Figure 2-1 Human walking force model................................................................10

Figure 2-2 Footfall overlap function during walking at 2 pace/sec .......................10

Figure 2-3 Walking force for several frequencies .................................................11

Figure 2-4 DLFs for the first four harmonics for (a) walking, (b) running and (c)

jumping force.........................................................................................................14

Figure 2-5 Third order polynomial fit to the first harmonic ..................................14

Figure 2-6 A comparison between walking force of two suggested values of phase

angles .....................................................................................................................15

Figure 2-7 Modified Reiher-Meister Scale ............................................................17

Figure 2-8 Acceptability criteria for vertical floor accelerations ..........................18

Figure 2-9 Schematic of single degree of freedom system....................................21

Figure 2-10 Types of office floors .........................................................................26

Figure 2-11 Weighting factor for human perception of vibrations........................29

Figure 2-12 A procedure to calculate the natural frequency and modal mass of

isotropic plates .......................................................................................................34

Figure 2-13 Typical composite floor consists of a slab and beams .......................35

Figure 2-14 The OS-RMS90-values as a function of step frequency and body mass

...............................................................................................................................36

Figure 2-15 OS-RMS90 application for floors with 3% damping ratio..................38

Figure 2-16 Classification of floor response and recommendation for the

application of classes .............................................................................................39

Figure 2-17 Baseline RMS acceleration ................................................................43

Figure 2-18 Response for all walking frequencies ................................................45

Figure 2-19 Half-Power Bandwidth ......................................................................47

Figure 2-20 Nyquist plot for a system with viscous damping ...............................50

Figure 2-21 Basic concept of the Random Decrement Technique

...............................................................................................................................52

Figure 2-22 Stiffening technique for steel joists and beams..................................53

Page 13: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

xii

Figure 2-23 Typical Representation of Two Degree of Freedom Tuned Mass

Dampers .................................................................................................................55

Figure 2-24 Example showing the effects of attaching a TMD to a SDOF system

...............................................................................................................................56

Figure 2-25 Pendulum Tuned Mass Damper .........................................................57

Figure 2-26 Example of viscous damper ...............................................................58

Figure 2-27 Viscoelastic damper ...........................................................................59

Figure 2-28 Liquid damper ....................................................................................60

Figure 2-29 Ballroom floor long section with a TMD...........................................61

Figure 2-30 Liquid TMD .......................................................................................62

Figure 2-31 Acceleration responses of the floor due to walking without and with

liquid TMDs...........................................................................................................63

Figure 2-32 TMD with viscoelastic damping element ..........................................64

Figure 2-33 Walking induced response of the office floor without and with TMDs

...............................................................................................................................65

Figure 2-34 schematic of semiactive tuned mass damper .....................................66

Figure 2-35 Typical magneto- rheological damper ...............................................66

Figure 2-36 Semiactive tuned mass damper ..........................................................67

Figure 2-37 Test rig and primary components.......................................................68

Figure 3-1 Resotec product installation .................................................................73

Figure 3-2 Performance of resotec product ...........................................................74

Figure 3-3 Viscoelastic damper compared with viscous damper ..........................75

Figure 3-4 Proposed viscoelastic damper installed within false ceilings and false

floors ......................................................................................................................75

Figure 3-5 Typical sandwich beam........................................................................76

Figure 3-6 The DMA machine with dual cantilever clamp mode .........................85

Figure 3-7 Example of the DMA test result for a rubber sample using the

frequency sweep ....................................................................................................86

Figure 3-8 Example of the DMA test results for rubber samples using the strain

sweep .....................................................................................................................87

Figure 3-9 Prototype 1 vibrational test using non-contact accelerometer .............89

Figure 3-10 Time history for the Prototype 1 without and with an end mass .......90

Page 14: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

xiii

Figure 3-11 Time history for the Prototype 2 without and with an end mass .......92

Figure 3-12 FE model of the prototype damper ....................................................94

Figure 3-13 Response of the Prototype 1 without and with an end mass using FE

harmonic analysis ..................................................................................................95

Figure 3-14 Time history for Prototype 1 without and with an end mass using FE

transient analysis....................................................................................................96

Figure 3-15 Response of Prototype 2 without and with an end mass using FE

harmonic analysis ..................................................................................................96

Figure 3-16 Time history for Prototype 2 without and with an end mass using FE

transient analysis....................................................................................................97

Figure 4-1 Normalised steel beam response due to the pluck test .......................103

Figure 4-2 The measured natural frequency of the steel beam............................103

Figure 4-3 Prediction of steel beam response without and with damper due to 1 N

harmonic force using Equations (2-5) & (4-6) ....................................................106

Figure 4-4 Viscoelastic damper attached to a vibrating steel beam ....................108

Figure 4-5 Viscoelastic damper attached to the steel beam.................................109

Figure 4-6 Steel beam response without and with damper attached....................109

Figure 4-7 Response of the steel beam with and without damper attached in the

frequency domain using FE analysis ...................................................................112

Figure 4-8 Response of the steel beam with and without damper in time domain

using transient analysis in FE analysis ................................................................114

Figure 4-9 Steel beam response due to the variation in damper natural frequency

using analytical, FE and experimental results .....................................................115

Figure 4-10 Steel beam response due to the variation in the damping ratio of the

damper using Equations (2-5) & (4-6) and FE analysis ......................................116

Figure 4-11 Reduction in the steel beam response for different damping ratio of

the beam and damper using Equations (2-5) & (4-6) ..........................................117

Figure 4-12 Variation in damper point of attachment along the length of the steel

beam.....................................................................................................................119

Figure 4-13 Cross-section of T beam floor used in Case Study 2 .......................119

Figure 4-14 T beam supports ...............................................................................120

Figure 4-15 T beam response due to heel drop excitation...................................121

Page 15: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

xiv

Figure 4-16 Normalised T beam response to heel drop using Randec technique121

Figure 4-17 Fundamental mode shape for a simply supported T beam...............122

Figure 4-18 Typical mode shapes for simply supported floor system.................123

Figure 4-19 T beam grid points ...........................................................................124

Figure 4-20 Distribution of accelerometers for three rounds ..............................125

Figure 4-21 First mode shape of the T beam obtained from experimental modal

analysis.................................................................................................................125

Figure 4-22 Estimation of the T beam natural frequency and damping ratio using

ARTeMIS.............................................................................................................126

Figure 4-23 T beam mode shapes obtained from experimental modal analysis..126

Figure 4-24 Acceleration response of the T beam without and with optimum

damper for different beam damping due to 1 kN harmonic excitation force using

Equations (2-5) and (4-6).....................................................................................128

Figure 4-25 Acceleration response of the T beam with and without optimum

damper in frequency domain due to 1 kN harmonic force using Equations (2-5)

and (4-6)...............................................................................................................129

Figure 4-26 Response of damper developed for the T beam due to a pluck test .130

Figure 4-27 Tuned mass viscoelastic damper attached to the experimental T beam

.............................................................................................................................131

Figure 4-28 T beam response due to heel drop excitation...................................132

Figure 4-29 Response of the T beam without and with damper due to heel drop

excitation with measured damping ratios using log decay method .....................132

Figure 4-30 T beam response in frequency domain for cases without and with as

built damper due to 1 kN harmonic force based on FE analyses .........................133

Figure 4-31 T beam measured acceleration response due to walking excitation

based on averaging of 24 records for cases with and without damper ................134

Figure 4-32 Peak accelerations of T beam with and without the damper from 24

walking excitation records ...................................................................................135

Figure 4-33 Equivalent walking force function according to the mode shape ....137

Figure 4-34 Equivalent time dependent walking force for the bare T beam using

Equation (4-14) ....................................................................................................138

Page 16: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

xv

Figure 4-35 T beam loading and response without damper due to on-the-spot

walking and walking along the length of the beam using FE models .................139

Figure 4-36 T beam loading and response with damper due to on-the-spot walking

and walking along the length of the beam using FE models ...............................140

Figure 4-37 T beam response without and with damper due to walking along the

length of the beam using FE models....................................................................140

Figure 4-38 Reduction factor of the T-beam response with attached TMD due to

variations in the natural frequency of the damper using Equations (2-5) and (4-6)

.............................................................................................................................141

Figure 4-39 Sensitivity of the damper due to variation in the natural frequency 142

Figure 4-40 Sensitivity of damper performance to the variation in its natural

frequency using FE model ...................................................................................143

Figure 4-41 Reduction factor in the T beam response with damper attached for

different damping ratios of the damper using Equations (2-5) & (4-6) and FE

model ...................................................................................................................143

Figure 5-1 Schematic five degrees of freedom system........................................149

Figure 5-2 Prototype viscoelastic damper developed for multiple damper system

to replace the single large damper .......................................................................152

Figure 5-3 Four viscoelastic tuned mass dampers at the centre of the T beam ...153

Figure 5-4 Response due to heel drop with four dampers attached at the centre of

T beam .................................................................................................................153

Figure 5-5 Response of the T beam with four dampers at the centre due to heel

drop excitation .....................................................................................................154

Figure 5-6 T beam with four spatially distributed dampers.................................155

Figure 5-7 T beam response with four spatially distributed dampers..................157

Figure 5-8 T beam response with four distributed dampers attached..................157

Figure 5-9 Deactivated damper............................................................................158

Figure 5-10 Identical dampers located at a distance of 1 m away from the point of

maximum response ..............................................................................................160

Figure 5-11 Plan of the floor and problematic bay..............................................162

Figure 5-12 Pathway ‘A’ of the problematic bay along the secondary beams ....163

Figure 5-13 Pathway ‘B’ of the problematic bay crossing the secondary beams 163

Page 17: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

xvi

Figure 5-14 Natural frequency of the bare floor obtain from heel drop excitation

.............................................................................................................................165

Figure 5-15 Response acceleration of the bare floor due to walking along Pathway

‘A’........................................................................................................................166

Figure 5-16 Measured peak accelerations of the floor for the eight walking records

.............................................................................................................................166

Figure 5-17 Measured original floor response acceleration due to on-the-spot

walking.................................................................................................................167

Figure 5-18 Response of the floor due to the heel drop excitations using LDM.168

Figure 5-19 Damping ratio of the floor obtained from heel drop excitation using

Randec .................................................................................................................169

Figure 5-20 Fundamental mode shape for the model of the problematic bay only

.............................................................................................................................173

Figure 5-21 First eight mode shapes for the model of the problematic bay with

adjoined bays .......................................................................................................174

Figure 5-22 First eight mode shapes and corresponding frequencies for the model

of entire floor .......................................................................................................176

Figure 5-23 Floor acceleration response due to equivalent walk along the critical

path and response at mid-span using FE analysis................................................179

Figure 5-24 Floor response from FE analysis due to on-the-spot walking at the

centre of problematic bay ....................................................................................179

Figure 5-25 Plan view of TMD configurations ...................................................181

Figure 5-26 Damper response to pluck test .........................................................182

Figure 5-27 Viscoelastic dampers installed within false floor ............................183

Figure 5-28 Peak acceleration responses for the floor without and with the MTMD

system due to walking excitation.........................................................................184

Figure 5-29 Typical traces for acceleration responses of the floor without and with

the MTMD system due to walking excitation .....................................................185

Figure 5-30 Typical acceleration responses for the floor without and with the

MTMD system due to shaker excitation..............................................................186

Figure 5-31 Peak acceleration response for the floor without and with the MTMD

system due to shaker excitation ...........................................................................186

Page 18: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

xvii

Figure 5-32 Acceleration responses of the floor without and with dampers due to

walking excitation based on FE analyses ............................................................187

Figure 6-1 Acceleration response of the office floor without and with as built

MTMD system to variations in the floor damping ratio using FE analysis.........192

Figure 6-2 Maximum acceleration response of the office floor to variations in the

damping ratio of the MTMD system using FE analysis for floor with 3% damping

ratio ......................................................................................................................193

Figure 6-3 Acceleration response of the 3% damping ratio office floor to

variations in the MTMD system mass ratio using FE analysis............................194

Figure 6-4 Maximum acceleration response of the retrofitted office floor to

variations in the natural frequency of MTMD system using FE analysis ...........196

Figure 6-5 MTMD system distributed apart from the point of maximum response

.............................................................................................................................199

Figure 6-6 Acceleration response of the 3% damping ratio office floor to different

MTMD system locations using FE analysis ........................................................199

Figure 6-7 First mode shape of the problematic bay without damper .................200

Page 19: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

xviii

List of Tables

Table 2-1 DLFs for single person force model for different authors.....................13

Table 2-2 Dynamic load factors for walking .........................................................15

Table 2-3 Multiplying factors for low probability of adverse comment ...............19

Table 2-4 Examples of damping values for the fundamental mode of floors in

buildings.................................................................................................................24

Table 2-5 Damping ratios for different type floors................................................27

Table 2-6 Damping ratios for various floor types..................................................29

Table 2-7 Recommended multiplying factors based on single person excitation .31

Table 2-8 Vibration dose value limits....................................................................31

Table 2-9 Estimation of floor’s damping design values ........................................33

Table 2-10 Suggested damping values for different structures .............................41

Table 2-11 Response factor calculation for walking at 2.18 Hz............................44

Table 3-1 Analytical model, FE analysis and experimental results for prototype

dampers 1 & 2 without and with an end mass .......................................................98

Table 4-1 Viscoelastic damper properties for steel beam based on available rubber

.............................................................................................................................107

Table 4-2 Predicted viscoelastic damper properties for the T beam....................130

Table 5-1 Properties of each viscoelastic damper in the MTMD configuration .151

Table 5-2 Sensitivity analysis of distributed dampers .........................................159

Table 5-3 Dynamic properties of modified distributed dampers .........................160

Table 5-4 Acceleration response of T beam to walking excitations for different

damper setup ........................................................................................................161

Table 6-1 Comparison floor acceleration response to variations in the MTMD

mass ratio .............................................................................................................195

Table 6-2 Floor response due to the tuning of damper sets to different frequencies

.............................................................................................................................197

Page 20: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

1

1. Introduction

1.1. BackgroundHigh levels of vibration can occur in floor systems due to excitation from human

activities such as walking and aerobics. In building floors, excessive vibrations

are generally not a safety concern but a cause of annoyance and discomfort.

Excessive vibrations typically occur in:

a) lightweight floors;

b) floor systems with low stiffness where the floor dominant natural frequency is

close to (or coincides with) a harmonic of the excitation frequency; and

c) floors with low damping.

Floors are subjected to dynamic forces induced by people when they walk, run,

jump or dance. The latter three typically take place when a building contains

facilities such as exercise rooms, dance floors or gymnasia. The excitation from

these live loads can be classified into the two broad categories of in-situ and

moving. Periodic jumping to music, sudden standing of a crowd, and random in-

place movements are examples of in-situ activities, whilst walking, marching, and

running are examples of moving activities (Ebrahimpour & Sack 2005).

Annoying levels of floor vibrations due to human movements such as walking and

running have become more common in the last two decades. One of the main

factors contributing to this problem is the decrease in damping due to fewer

partitions and items of furniture. The problem can also occur due to decrease in

the floor mass resulting from the use of high strength building materials and

composite systems. The other important factors are the decrease in the floor

natural frequency due to longer floor spans and increase in the number of

rhythmic human activities such as aerobics (Setareh et al. 2006).

Page 21: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

2

While the floor mass and stiffness are generally constant during the life of the

structure and can be estimated with a high degree of accuracy, damping is more

difficult to predict because it is mostly associated with non-structural components

such as partitions, false floors, suspended ceilings and ducts as well as furniture

such as filing cabinets and book shelves.

For traditional offices with book shelves and filing cabinets, the damping could be

as high as 5% (Murray et al. 1997). On the other hand, for modern electronic

offices with hardly any book shelves and a limited number of filing cabinets, the

damping level could be about 2-2.5% (Hewitt & Murray 2004). Consequently,

because of the decrease in damping, the maximum response due to walking

excitation increases and may exceed the acceptable limit of response. In extreme

cases, excessive vibrations can render a floor totally unusable by the occupants

based solely on levels of human comfort (Alvis 2001). Furthermore, for long span

floors, walking can produce vibration limits up to steady state, which may not be

realised in traditional shorter span floors. Indeed, long span floors are becoming

more common because of the functional demands of owners and tenants as well as

the availability of new construction materials and technology. For example, new

concrete mixes have higher strengths and the standard yield stress of reinforcing

steel in Australia has increased to 500 MPa compared to 400 MPa about 10 years

ago (Salzmann 2002). Furthermore, there is a massive increase in the use of

lightweight composite floors, which employ thin concrete slabs, steel decking,

and steel beams. In such systems, lightweight concrete may also be used with a

density reduced to 1800 3mkg .

Few options are available to remedy a floor with excessive vibrations. Additional

damping can be achieved by installing full-height partitions but in most cases, this

option is not possible due to architectural and functional requirements. For floors

with low fundamental frequency, increasing the floor stiffness can reduce human

induced vibration because it increases the natural frequency of the floor and hence

shifting the resonance to higher and less significant harmonics. However, this

option normally requires significant structural modification to the floors to

Page 22: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

3

achieve a significant shift in the natural frequency. Such modifications are often

not feasible as they require expensive decommissioning of office space to install

structural members. In addition, space may not be available to install such

members. Adding mass can reduce the vibration level but in most cases it is not

practical as it may create overstress in structural members. Furthermore, if the

additional mass is not carefully considered, it could reduce the natural frequency

of the floor to a level which makes it more vulnerable.

One other available option to rectify existing floors experiencing excessive

vibration is to use tuned mass dampers (TMDs). A conventional TMD consists of

mass, spring and dashpot. This remedial measure was successfully used in a

concert floor experiencing excessive vibration due to dancing (Webster &

Vaicaitis 1992). This concert floor was excited with a maximum vibration

displacement of 3.3 mm. The damper used was extended from the roof beam to

the point of maximum response of the problematic floor. However, such access is

often not available in typical office floors. Furthermore, in typical office floors

experiencing vibration, the displacement is too small (in the order of 0.1 mm) to

be treated with a conventional viscous damper. Viscous dampers can be effective

where there is a large motion associated with the vibrations such as in footbridges

and stadia floors where the vibration energy can be dissipated through their

typical dashpot systems.

Given that typical viscous dampers would not be effective in reducing vibration in

typical office floors, a number of attempts were made to develop other forms of

complex passive, semiactive and active dampers. However, there is a

demonstrated need to develop a cost effective and simple TMD specifically for

floor applications.

1.2. Research Aim and ObjectivesThe overall aim of this study is to develop a new damper to reduce floor

vibrations due to walking in existing buildings. This damper is to be used as a

passive tuned mass damper (TMD) on typical floors where the vibration

Page 23: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

4

displacements are too small for conventional viscous dampers. In order to achieve

this aim, the following objectives are to be accomplished:

1. Perform a detailed literature review to present state of the art methods of

design for floor vibrations and provide a critique of available rectification

methods using dampers.

2. Develop a concept of a new passive TMD specifically for floor applications

where the damper is to be fitted within the false floor or false ceiling space.

3. Develop an analytical model to design the new TMD to suit any given floor

application. The model is to predict the TMD dynamic properties based on

basic material and geometric properties.

4. Design and build prototype dampers using commercially available materials to

validate the developed analytical model and also demonstrate construction

viability.

5. Assess the effectiveness of the new TMD in reducing the level of vibration of

simple beams using physical tests and finite element (FE) analysis.

6. Extend the application of the developed damper into a distributed multiple

damper system to rectify floors with limited space for a single large damper.

7. Assess the performance of the multiple damper system on a real office floor.

8. Conduct a sensitivity analysis using validated FE models to establish the

performance limits of the newly developed damper.

The above objectives will be achieved using analytical modelling, physical testing

in laboratory, FE analysis and investigation of a real office floor.

Page 24: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

5

1.3. Thesis OutlineThe chapters of this thesis are arranged according to the workflow and are

summarised as follows;

Chapter two presents a detailed literature review covering human

excitation, human comfort criteria, determination of floor dynamic

properties and assessment methods. It covers damping estimation methods

and rectification measures for floors with excessive levels of vibration.

Chapter three discusses the concept of the new TMD and the development

of the analytical model to design the proposed TMD. This chapter also

presents the methods used to obtain the relevant material properties for the

TMD. This chapter covers the validation of the analytical model of the

TMD in terms of natural frequency, damping and modal mass. The

analytical model is validated using experimental tests and FE analysis.

Chapter four discusses two case studies for the TMD. A small size

prototype TMD was developed and installed on a simply supported steel

beam. The dynamic properties of the steel beam were determined

analytically and experimentally in addition to using FE analysis. This

chapter presents an evaluation of the performance of the proposed TMD.

The response of the steel beam was also investigated for variations in the

TMD location, TMD natural frequency, TMD damping ratio and the

damping of the steel beam.

The second case study was of a larger size prototype TMD which was

installed on a 9.5 m concrete beam. The dynamic properties and maximum

response of the concrete beam were evaluated using experimental tests in

addition to using FE analysis. The performance of the proposed damper

was evaluated by comparing the response of the concrete beam for the

configurations without and with the TMD. The performance of the TMD

was assessed for variations in the damper natural frequency, damper

Page 25: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

6

damping ratio and the damping ratio of the retrofitted beam. The

performance of the proposed TMD was investigated using heel drop and

walking excitations.

Chapter five discusses the concept of a multiple tuned mass damper

(MTMD) system and the development of an analytical model to obtain the

response of a floor with a MTMD system. Four TMDs were developed

and installed on the concrete beam that was investigated in Chapter four.

This chapter covers two types of installation; (a) four TMDs at the point of

maximum response and (b) TMDs in a spatially distributed form at four

locations. The performance of the MTMD system in reducing the level of

vibration for the two configurations was assessed using analytical and FE

models as well as physical testing with both heel drop and walking

excitations.

This chapter also discusses the performance of the distributed MTMD

system on a real office floor. It presents the evaluation of the maximum

response of the original floor and compares it with human comfort criteria.

The office floor was retrofitted by the distributed MTMD system and its

response due to human and shaker excitations was evaluated using

experimental tests in addition to using analytical and FE analyses.

Chapter six presents a sensitivity analysis using validated FE models for

the response of an office floor to variations in the mass and damping of the

floor in addition to variations in the damping ratio, natural frequency and

points of attachment of the MTMD system.

Chapter seven presents the major findings and conclusions of this research

in addition to recommendations for future work.

Page 26: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

7

2. Literature Review

2.1. IntroductionThis chapter reviews the human dynamic loading associated with design methods

for floor vibrations. The evaluation of dynamic properties of floor systems such as

the modal mass, natural frequency, damping and peak response are presented.

Methods used to estimate the damping of a floor system are demonstrated. This

chapter also discusses the available tuned mass dampers (TMDs) to retrofit floor

systems with excessive vibrations such as passive, semiactive and active TMDs in

addition to the advantages and disadvantages of each type of dampers.

2.2. Walking ExcitationOccupants excite floors from their activities such as walking, dancing and

jumping. Such forces are particularly problematic because they can not be easily

isolated from the floor and they occur frequently (Hanagan & Murray 1997).

Walking pedestrians can induce considerable vertical and horizontal rhythmic

impulsive dynamic loads that are dominated by the pacing rate. Typical pacing

rates for walking are between 1.6 and 2.4 steps per second, i.e. 1.6-2.4 Hz (slow to

fast walk) whilst for jogging the pace rate is about 2.5 Hz and running occurs at

pace rates up to about 3 Hz (Collette 2004).

Although the force produced from pedestrians is dominated by the pacing rate, it

also includes higher harmonic components caused by the impulsive nature of the

load with frequencies corresponding to an integer multiple of the pacing rate. One

pedestrian walking at a pacing rate of 2 Hz will therefore excite a floor with a

force composed of harmonic components at 2 Hz (1st harmonic), 4 Hz (2nd

harmonic), 6 Hz (3rd harmonic), etc. A floor may be prone to resonance induced

by pedestrian walking, if one or more of its natural frequencies are within the

ranges 1.6-2.4 Hz (1st harmonic), 3.2-4.8 Hz (2nd harmonic) and 4.8-7.2 Hz (3rd

Page 27: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

8

harmonic). The fourth harmonic in some cases can also cause significant

excitation, however higher harmonics components for walking seldom induce

unacceptable vibrations (Collette 2004).

Generally, the first three or four harmonics comprise the main dynamic

components of walking forces (Rainer & Pernica 1986). It is worth to mention

that the floor natural frequency usually coincides with the second or third

harmonics of the walking force. Floors could also be excited through resonance of

the fourth harmonic, however the forcing function is typically greatly reduced.

For example, a floor response due to the fourth harmonic force is half of a floor

response due to the third harmonic force because Fourier coefficient of the third

harmonic is about 0.1 while it is about 0.05 for the fourth harmonic (Da Silva et

al. 2007 ; Murray et al. 1997).

The annoying vibration amplitudes are caused by a coincidence of the natural

frequency ( nf ) of the floor with one of the harmonics of the excitation force such

as walking excitation. This problem may be avoided by keeping these frequencies

away from each other. This strategy is called High Tuning Method (HTM)

(Bachmann 1995 ; Naeim 1991), which for a highly damped floor system

( 5%), the lowest ( nf ) of the floor should be above the frequency range of the

second harmonic of walking (i.e. above 4.8 Hz) and for a floors with low damping

( 2%), it is recommended that the lowest resonance frequency should be above

the third harmonic of walking (i.e. above 7.2 Hz). Since the natural frequencies of

most floors are greater than 3 Hz (they often fall between 4 Hz and 8 Hz),

problems are most likely to occur as a result of the second and third harmonics.

However, the lower the harmonic the larger the vibration produced by resonance

(Allen & Pernica 1998). To allow for some scatter in the accuracy of estimating

the parameters, fn 7.5 Hz should be targeted. This HTM is a simple rule of thumb

for general evaluation of systems but it is not accurate enough. The high-

frequency tuning method was popular in the past as analytical calculation of

actual floor responses was difficult (Pavic & Reynolds 2002). However, many

floors can not be simply designed for such a high frequency and the method does

Page 28: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

9

not take account of damping explicitly or the effect of a large participating mass.

As a consequence, some floors with a fundamental frequency less than the 7.5 Hz

criterion can perform quite satisfactory to walking (Bachmann 1995). On the other

hand, composite floors with very low damping ( 2%), can experience high

levels of vibration even if their first natural frequency is above 7.5Hz (Haritos et

al. 2005).

2.2.1. Single Person Walking ExcitationFor normal walking, the forcing function has a saddle shape as shown in Figure

2-1. The first maximum corresponds to the impact of the heel onto the floor and

the second corresponds to the thrust of the sole of the foot.

The forcing function of walking depicted in Figure 2-1 is represented by the

contact peaks of heel and the tip of the toe, and the decrease in between is due to

the reduced impact forces from stiffness effects of the legs in cases with slow

walking. As walking pacing rate increases, the time interval between the heel peak

and the peak due to the tip of the toe decreases and the difference between the

maximum and minimum increases. These walking force functions can be

represented by using quarter sine wave and one cosine wave. The quarter sine

waves are for the heel and tip of the toe peaks and the cosine wave assigned to the

impact decrease part (Obata & Miyamori 2006). A typical time force function is a

series of footfall overlap as illustrated in Figure 2-2.

Page 29: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

10

Figure 2-1 Human walking force model (Obata & Miyamori 2006)

Figure 2-2 Footfall overlap function during walking at 2 pace/sec (Newland 2004)

Page 30: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

11

The pace rate (step frequency) has an impact on the magnitude of the walking

force. Figure 2-3 shows the effect of the walking frequency on the amplitude of

the walking force. The figure illustrates that the magnitude of the walking force is

proportional to the walking frequency (i.e. force increased when the pace rate

increased).

Figure 2-3 Walking force for several frequencies (Waarts & Van Duin 2006)

The periodic forcing function tF of walking can be defined using Equation

(2-1) (Brownjohn et al. 2004 ; Ellis et al. 2000 ; Ellis & Littler 2004 ; Murray et

al. 1997 ; Setra 2006);

N

iistepi tifSinrFtF

10 21 2-1

where

0F = the static force (person’s weight);

i = the order of harmonic of walking rate ( i = 1, 2, … N);

ir = the i th dynamic load factor (DLF), which is the Fourier coefficient of the

dynamic forcing function normalised by the static weight of person;

stepf = the walking frequency in Hz;

Page 31: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

12

t = the time variable in seconds;

i = the phase angle of the i th harmonic in relation to the first one in radians/sec;

and

N = the number of harmonics taken into account.

The Fourier coefficient of the dynamic forcing function design values of a vertical

footfall force as a function of the excitation frequency for walking excitation in

Equation (2-1) can be estimated using values demonstrated in Table 2-1. This

table summarises the dynamic load factors (DLFs) for vertical force from single

person as suggested by different authors for different human activities.

Generally as demonstrated in Table 2-1, the DLF decreases when harmonics

increase and the fourth harmonic DLF is usually small enough and for simplicity,

it may be omitted from Equation (2-1).

Page 32: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

13

Table 2-1 DLFs for single person force model for different authors (Zivanovic et al. 2005)

Author DLF Comment Activity

Blanchard et al.

(1977)257.01 r

DLF is lessen from 4 Hz to 5

Hzwalking

Rainer et al.

(1988)Figure 2-4

DLFs are frequency

dependent

Walking, jumping

and running

Allen (1990a,

1990b)

5.11 r 2-2.75 Hz

Aerobics6.02 r 4-5.5 Hz

1.03 r 6-8.25 Hz

Bachmann

(1995)

5.04.01 r Between 2 Hz and 2.4 HzWalking

1.032 rr At approximately 2 Hz

2.0,7.0,6.1 321 rrr From 2 Hz to 3 Hz Running

7.0,3.1,8.1 321 rrr Normal jump 2 Hz

Jumping5.0,1.1,7.1 321 rrr Normal jump 3 Hz

1.1,6.1,9.1 321 rrr High jump 2 Hz

8.0,3.1,8.1 321 rrr High jump 3 Hz

Kerr & Bishop

(2001)06.0,07.0& 321 rrr

r is frequency dependent

(Figure 2-5)Walking

Willford et al.

(2005)Table 2-2

Mean values for DLFs is

frequency dependentWalking

ISO 10137

(2007)

)1(37.01 stepfr 1.2 to 2.4 Hz

Walking

1.02 r 2.4 to 4.8 Hz

06.03 r 3.6 to 7.2 Hz

06.04 r 4.8 to 9.6 Hz

06.05 r 6.0 to 12.0 Hz

Page 33: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

14

Figure 2-4 DLFs for the first four harmonics for (a) walking, (b) running and (c) jumping

force (Rainer et al. 1988 ; Zivanovic et al. 2005)

Figure 2-5 Third order polynomial fit to the first harmonic (Kerr & Bishop 2001)

Page 34: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

15

Table 2-2 Dynamic load factors for walking (Willford et al. 2005)

Harmonic

( i ) stepf (Hz) Design value (DFL)

1 1-2.8 5.095.041.0 stepf

2 2-5.6 stepf0056.0069.0

3 3-8.4 stepf0064.0033.0

4 4-11.2 stepf0065.0013.0

4i >11.2 0

The relative phase angles ( i ), in Equation 2-1), were determined to be 0 , 2 ,

and 0 for i = 1, 2 and 3, respectively, for walking rate between 2 and 2.4 Hz

(Rainer & Pernica 1986). Bachmann (1995) and Setra (2006) suggested

alternative values for the phase angle for a step frequency of 2 Hz. These values

are 01 and 232 .

The magnitude of maximum walking force using Bachmann (1995) and Setra

(2006) phase angle values is about 10% greater than the magnitude of walking

force obtained from Rainer & Pernica (1986) values as illustrated in Figure 2-6.

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 10

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

Time (s)

Wal

king

Exc

itatio

n (N

)

Rainer and Pernica (1988)Setra (2006)

Figure 2-6 A comparison between walking force of two suggested values of phase angles

Page 35: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

16

2.2.2. Group Walking ExcitationStudies were performed for group walking tests on a building floor and it was

found that the peak acceleration resulting from groups of size up to 32 was

approximately twice the corresponding result produced by a 75 kg individual.

Subsequently, a factor of 2 could be added to approximate the resultant

acceleration for groups up to 32 (Brand et al. 2007 ; Ellis 2003). The floor

response increased with increasing of group size while groups of people walking

at a pace to generate resonance do not always produce the largest response for a

given group size. Although there is a large difference in acceleration levels for

resonant and off resonant loading for an individual this is not always the case for

the larger groups (Ellis 2003). This situation of large number of group walking is

not normally relevant to floor systems especially with office environments. It is

more relevant for pedestrian bridges, stadia and shopping centres.

2.3. Assessment of Floor Response to Walking ExcitationSeveral methods are available to evaluate a floor response to walking excitation.

Each method uses different criteria to assess the peak response of a floor system

and different acceptance criteria. The four methods commonly used worldwide

are discussed. These are AISC design guide 11 (AISC DG11), SCI P354,

European Hivoss and British Cement and Concrete Industry Publication no. 016

(CCIP-016). The principles and basics of each method are discussed in the

following sub-sections.

2.3.1. AISC DG11 MethodThis method is described in AISC Steel Design Guide Series 11 Floor Vibration

Due to Human Activity (AISC DG11) (Murray et al. 1997). This method is based

on calculating the peak acceleration response of a floor system and compares it

with acceptable levels of acceleration. The acceptable levels of acceleration are

dependent on the floor function such as an office floor, floor for shopping centers

etc.

Page 36: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

17

2.3.1.1. Acceptance Criteria for Human ComfortThe acceptance criteria for floor vibrations are based on human comfort. The

influence of vibration frequency and amplitude on human comfort was initially

studied by Reiher and Meister in 1931 and extended further later by Lenzen in

1966 (Alvis 2001 ; Boice 2003 ; Lenzen 1966). The Lenzen modified Reiher-

Meister scale for vibration acceptance is shown in Figure 2-7.

Figure 2-7 Modified Reiher-Meister Scale (Alvis 2001)

The reaction of people who feel vibration depends very strongly on what they are

doing. People in offices or residences are disturbed at peak acceleration of about

0.5% of the acceleration of gravity ( g ) whereas people taking part in an activity

will accept acceleration levels 10 times greater (5% g or more) (Allen 1990a ;

Murray et al. 1997). People’s perception is also affected by the characteristics of

the vibration response including frequency, amplitude and duration (Hanagan &

Murray 1997). Figure 2-8 demonstrates the recommended acceptable peak

acceleration response for different environments and their variation with

Page 37: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

18

frequency. From comfort studies for automobiles and aircrafts it was found that in

the frequency of 4 to 8 Hz humans are especially sensitive to the vibration. This is

explained by the fact that many organs in the human body resonate at these

frequencies (Alvis 2001) whilst outside this frequency range, people accept higher

vibration acceleration levels (Murray et al. 1997).

The usual assessment is based on the measurement of acceleration. However,

acceptable vibration levels vary with the frequency of the motion, hence it is

necessary to filter the acceleration (ISO10137 2007). The multiplying factors for

rms (root mean square) acceleration in Table 2-3 are applied to the base curves

presented in Figure 2-8. The ISO 10137 acceptance criteria will be discussed

further in Section 2.3.2.

Figure 2-8 Acceptability criteria for vertical floor accelerations (Ebrahimpour & Sack 2005)

Page 38: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

19

Table 2-3 Multiplying factors for low probability of adverse comment (ISO10137 2007)

Place TimeMultiplying factor forexposure to continuous

vibration 16 h day 8 h night

Impulsive vibrationexcitation with up to 3

occurrencesCritical working areas(e.g., hospitaloperating theatres

Day 1 1

Night 1 1

ResidentialDay 2 to 4 60 to 90

Night 1.4 20

OfficeDay 4 128

Night 4 128

WorkshopsDay 8 128

Night 8 128

People’s perceptions of vibration effects in buildings are very subjective, vary

widely and can include annoyance, loss of mental concentration and even

apprehension about the safety of the structure. None of these effects, however, are

considered especially harmful. In general, the effects on the structure from floor

vibrations due to human excitation are not critical to its integrity as the vibration

amplitudes are well below the critical stress limits for strength and fatigue.

2.3.1.2. Evaluation of Floor’s Peak Response to WalkingThe time dependent walking force component that matches the fundamental

frequency of a floor can be represented in Equation (2-2). It should be noted that

only one harmonic of Equation (2-1) is included since all other harmonics

vibration are small in comparison to the harmonic associated with resonance

(Murray et al. 1997);

)2(0 tifCosrFF stepi 2-2

where

0F = person’s weight;

ir = dynamic load factor (DLF);

i = the order of harmonic number;

stepf = the walking frequency in Hz; and

Page 39: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

20

t = the time variable in seconds.

The dynamic load factor (DLF), )( ir , for which the lowest harmonic ).( stepfi of

the walking frequency can match a natural frequency of the floor structure )( 1f ,

was calibrated to form Equation (2-3) (Murray et al. 1997);

)35.0exp(83.0 1fri 2-3

where 1f is the fundamental frequency of floor structure.

In general, the vibration response reduces as (the ratio of a floor modal

frequency to footfall rate) increases. If is close to 1.0, the footfall rate equals

the natural frequency of the mode, and the mode responds strongly in the

resonance to the first harmonic of the footfall force. If is close to 2.0, the mode

responds resonantly to the second harmonic of the footfall force, and so on. These

resonances lead to significantly greater response when is close to 1.0, 2.0, 3.0

or 4.0 than for intermediate values of . For 4 there is much less sensitivity

to the exact value of (i.e. the response does not build up over time). The

response is characterised by an initial peak response followed by a decaying

sinusoid (Willford & Young 2006). Consequently, this method of floor

assessment can lead to conservative predictions for low pace frequencies, and un-

conservative predictions for higher pace frequencies.

2.3.1.3. Idealisation of Single Degree of Freedom SystemsA floor can be represented by a single degree of freedom (SDOF) system with an

equivalent mass ( 1m ), stiffness ( 1k ) and damping ( 1c ) as shown in Figure 2-9.

The equation of motion that governs a SDOF system is expressed in Equation

(2-4) (Chopra 1981);

)()()()( 111 tFtaktactam 2-4

Page 40: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

21

where

)(ta = acceleration;

)(ta = velocity;

)(ta = displacement;

)(tF = excitation force; and

t = time.

Figure 2-9 Schematic of single degree of freedom system

The steady state acceleration response of a SDOF system to a harmonic excitation

force, )(tF , can be calculated using Equation (2-5) (Inman 1996);

2211

221

2

mkc

Fa

2-5

where

a = peak acceleration;

F = excitation force amplitude; and

= excitation force frequency in radians/sec.

Page 41: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

22

The damping coefficient of the system ( 1c ) can be calculated using Equation

(2-6) (Thorby 2008);

1111 2 mkc 2-6

where 1 is the damping ratio of the system.

The fundamental circular frequency of the SDOF can be calculated using

Equation (2-7) (Inman 1996);

1

11 m

k 2-7

The maximum acceleration response ( pa ) occurs when the frequency of the

excitation force coincides with the natural frequency of the system, i.e. 1 ,

hence Equation (2-5) can be reduced to Equation (2-8) to obtain the maximum

acceleration;

112 mFap

2-8

Substitution of Equation (2-3) for walking excitation into Equation (2-8) to

introduce the walking force and multiplying the resulting equation by a constant

( R ) yields the resonance response acceleration of the floor which can be written

as;

11

10

2)35.0(83.0

mfExpRFap

2-9

where R is a reduction factor which takes into account the fact that the floor may

not reach the full steady state resonant motion due to walking. Moreover, the

Page 42: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

23

walking person and annoyed person are not simultaneously at the location of

maximum response. It is recommended by Murray et al. (1997) that the reduction

factor )(R to be taken as 0.5 for floor structures with two way mode shape

configuration.

The peak acceleration due to walking excitation for an idealised floor represented

as a SDOF floor structure can then be estimated using Equation (2-10) (Murray et

al. 1997);

WfPExp

gap

1

1)35.0(

2-10

where

gap = estimated peak acceleration in units of gravity acceleration ( g );

1f = the fundamental frequency of floor structure;

1 = the damping ratio of the floor;

W = the effective weight of the floor; and

P = constant force (0.29 kN) due to person’s weight defined by Equation (2-11);

kNRFP 29.083.0 0 2-11

where

0F = 0.7 kN; and

R = 0.5.

The effective weight (W ) and the natural frequency ( 1f ) of the floor in Equation

(2-10) are to be determined using the procedure described by Murray et al. (1997).

Page 43: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

24

2.3.1.4. Floor Damping Value for AISC DG11 MethodDamping in floor systems is a very complex quantity and it affects the level and

duration of vibrators. Damping in floor systems is composed of three primary

components:

a) Material damping, which is the ability of the construction material themselves

to dissipate the excitation energy. The type of material used in construction of

the floor system is a factor that can determine the overall damping of the floor,

for example, timber floors have higher damping than concrete floors. Table

2-4 demonstrates damping ratios for various type of bare floor systems such as

composite floors, prestress floors, wood joist floors etc.

b) Damping from the floor fit-out and furniture, which is highly dependent on the

height of partitions and the type of furniture used. For example, traditional

office floors with full-height partitions and filing cabinets have higher

damping than modern paperless office without full-height partitions.

c) Damping due to attached mechanical services (e.g. ducts) and the availability

of false ceilings and false floors. For example, a floor with a false ceiling has

higher damping than a floor without a false ceiling.

Table 2-4 Examples of damping values for the fundamental mode of floors in buildings(ISO10137 2007)

Type of floorRange of spans for

damping ratiosgiven (m)

Values of dampingfor preliminary

design of bare floorsSteel joist/concrete slab simply supported 9 to 15 1.3%

Steel joist/concrete slab, continuous slab

construction across walls4 to 8 1.5%

Fully composite steel beams with shear

connectors to concrete slab6 to 20 1.8%

Prestressed concrete, precast 2 to 15 1.3%

Reinforced concrete, monolithic 5 to 15 1.5%

Wood joist floors 2 to 9 2.0%

Page 44: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

25

Damping in a vibrating structure is associated with dissipation of mechanical

energy, generally by conversion into thermal and sound energy. In most cases, the

structural mass and stiffness can be evaluated rather easily, either by simple

physical consideration or by generalised expressions. On the other hand, the basic

energy loss mechanism (damping) in practical structures is seldom fully

understood. Consequently, it usually is not feasible to determine the damping

coefficient by means of corresponding generalised damping expression. For this

reason, the damping in most structural systems is either estimated during the

design stage or evaluated by measurements for existing floors.

The damping ratio of the floor is required to be assumed prior to calculating the

peak acceleration of the floor. It is obvious from Equation (2-10) that the

maximum floor acceleration is very sensitive to the assumed damping value. For

example, peak acceleration response using Equation (2-10) for a floor system with

dynamic properties of W = 275 kN , 1f = 6.0 Hz and 1 = 3% is about 0.43%

gravity (g) which is considered to be acceptable for office floors (compared to

Figure 2-8). The peak acceleration response for this floor is significantly increased

to 0.52% g when the damping ratio ( 1 ) reduced to the 2.5%, which is considered

to be unacceptable. Therefore, overestimation of damping during the design phase

can lead to excessive vibrations for floors in service.

Engineers have to guess the damping values according to the fit-out of the floor

systems. The function or the fit-out of the floor could be altered during the design

lifespan of the floor system. This alteration may affect the damping ratio of the

floor and hence the level of acceleration. For example, the damping ratio of floor

system originally designed as a traditional office floor is significantly decreased

when the floor is modified to a modern electronic office.

Hewitt & Murray (2004) and Murray et al. (1997) suggested damping ratio values

for different type of floors. Figure 2-10 illustrates the traditional and modern floor

systems with different fit-out and attached services. The damping ratio of each

type of a floor system is illustrated in Table 2-5. These damping ratio values of

Page 45: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

26

floor systems were determined according to the partition height, fit-out and the

availability of suspended ceilings and services. It is clear from Table 2-5 that the

transformation from traditional floors to modern floors results in a decrease in the

damping ratio of the floor system. Consequently, the peak acceleration response

of floor systems due to human excitation is significantly increased as the floor

response is damping dependent.

Figure 2-10 Types of office floors (Hewitt & Murray 2004)

Page 46: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

27

Table 2-5 Damping ratios for different type floors (Hewitt & Murray 2004)

Type of floor systemDamping

ratio

Traditional office: full-height partition with (or without) suspended ceiling and

ductwork attached below the slab. Full-height partitions running perpendicular to the

beam span will provide sufficient damping to eliminate floor-vibration problems.

5%

Electronic office: Nearly no paperwork with limited number of filing cabinets. No

full-height partitions, with suspended ceilings and ductwork attached below the slab.2-2.5%

Electronic office: Nearly no paperwork with limited number of filing cabinets. No

full-height partitions, no suspended ceilings or ductwork attached below the slab.2%

Open office plan: Cubicles and no full-height partitions, with suspended ceiling and

ductwork attached below the slab.2.5-3%

Open office plan: Cubicles with no full-height partitions, suspended ceiling or

ductwork below the slab.2-2.5%

Office Library: Full-height bookshelves in heavily loaded room with suspended

ceiling and ductwork attached below the slab.3-4%

Office Library: Full-height bookshelves in heavily loaded room with no suspended

ceiling and ductwork attached below the slab.3%

2.3.1.5. Summary of AISC DG11 ProcedureThe procedure to assess the dynamic performance of a floor system using AISC

DG11 can be summarised as follows:

i) calculate the natural frequency ( 1f ) and effective weight (W ) of the floor

system using the procedure described by Murray et al. (1997);

ii) estimate the damping ratio of the floor using Table 2-5;

iii) calculate the peak acceleration response of the floor using Equation (2-10);

and

iv) compare the peak acceleration response with acceptable level of acceleration

in Figure 2-8. For example, the maximum acceptable level of acceleration

response of an office floor is 0.5% of gravity ( g ).

Page 47: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

28

2.3.2. SCI P354 MethodThis procedure is a European method was written to enable engineers to

determine the vibration response of floors. This method was originally described

in SCI P076 which was published in 1987 and then with improved accuracy in

SCI P356 which was published in 2007. It is based on the calculation of natural

frequency and modal mass of the floor and its predicted damping. The rms (root

mean square) acceleration ( rmsa ) for floors with fundamental frequencies between

3 Hz and 10 Hz can be calculated (assuming a resonant response to one of the

harmonic of walking frequency) using Equation (2-12) (Smith et al. 2007);

bffo

sxyexyrms RWmFa

221.0

,, 2-12

where

exy , = mode shape factor at the point of excitation;

sxy , = mode shape factor at the point of response;

= damping ratio obtained from Table 2-6;

oF = weight of person (746 N);

m = modal mass of the floor;

fW = weighting factor obtained for human perception of vibrations based on the

fundamental frequency of the floor obtained from Figure 2-11; and

bfR = resonance build up factor obtained from Equation (2-13) (Smith et al. 2007);

step

stepp

vfL

bf eR2

1 2-13

where

stepf = step frequency in Hz;

pL = length of the walking path in meters; and

Page 48: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

29

stepv = velocity of walking in ( sm ) obtained from Equation (2-14) (Bachmann &

Ammann 1987 ; Smith et al. 2007);

5.483.467.1 2 stepstep ffv HzfHz step 4.27.1 2-14

Figure 2-11 Weighting factor for human perception of vibrations (Smith et al. 2007)

Table 2-6 Damping ratios for various floor types (Smith et al. 2007)

Floor FinishesDamping

Ratio ( )

For completely bare floors or floors where only a small amount of furnishings

are present.1.1%

For fully fitted out and furnished floors in normal use. 3.0%

For a floor where the designer is confident that partitions will be appropriately

located to interrupt the relevant mode of vibration, (i.e. the partition lines are

perpendicular to the main vibrating elements of the critical mode shape).

4.5%

Page 49: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

30

Once the weighted rms acceleration ( rmsa ) of the floor has been weighted, the

Response Factor ( RF ) can be calculated using Equation (2-15) (Smith et al.

2007);

005.0rmsaRF 2-15

If the response factor ( RF ) values are within the limits of the multiplying factors

for continuous vibrations in Tables (2-3 and 2-7), the floor is considered to be

acceptable. Whereas for the situation where the floor has a higher response than

would be acceptable under the conservative limits for continuous vibration, the

method permits the use of Vibration Dose Value (VDV). The VDV analysis is

effectively allowing the response to be greater than those specified for continuous

vibrations, but only for small periods of time. The VDV of a walking activity of

duration ( aT ) that occurs ( an ) times in an exposure period is calculated Equation

(2-16) (Smith et al. 2007):

468.0 aarms TnaVDV 2-16

where

rmsa = the rms acceleration ( 2sm ) obtained from Equation (2-12).

an = the number of times the activity will take place in an exposure period; and

aT = the duration of an activity (for example, the time taken to walk along a

corridor) in seconds obtained from Equation (2-17);

step

pa v

LT 2-17

Page 50: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

31

Table 2-7 Recommended multiplying factors based on single person excitation (Smith et al.2007)

Place Multiplying factor for exposure tocontinuous vibration

Office 8

Shopping mall 4

Dealing floor 4

Stairs – Light use (e.g. offices) 32

Stairs – Heavy use (e.g. public buildings, stadia) 24

The VDV value can be directly compared to the limits given in Table 2-8.

Alternatively, this equation can be rearranged to give the number of times an

activity can occur in an exposure period and still correspond to ‘a low probability

of adverse comment’ as expressed in Equation (2-18) (Smith et al. 2007);

4

68.01

rmsaa a

VDVT

n 2-18

The exposure periods that should be considered are a 16 h day and an 8 h night,

and a VDV analysis can be considered to be satisfactory if the floor will be

traversed fewer than times in the exposure period.

Table 2-8 Vibration dose value limits (Smith et al. 2007)

PlaceLow probability of

adverse comment

Adverse comment

possible

Adverse comment

probable

Buildings 16 h day 0.2 to 0.4 0.4 to 0.8 0.8 to 1.6

Buildings 8 h night 0.13 0.26 0.51

Page 51: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

32

2.3.3. Hivoss MethodAnother method for calculating the floor peak response and assessing its

performance include the recently published European Commission guide

described in Human-induced vibration of steel structures (Hivoss) (Feldmann et

al. 2009 ; Hechler et al. 2008 ; Hivoss 2010).

Similar to the AISC DG11 and SCI P354, this method directly relates the peak

response to the total damping which has to be assumed during the design phase.

The other dynamic properties of the floor, i.e. floor natural frequency and modal

mass are required to be determined using a prescribed procedure in order to

calculate the peak response.

2.3.3.1. Damping Estimation Using Hivoss MethodIn this guideline, the total damping of the floor for the design and assessment of

an existing floor purposes is taken as the sum of contributions from structural

damping, furnishing and finishes as shown in Table 2-9. For example, the

damping ratio of a composite floor with a suspended ceiling used as an open plan

office can be determined as a contribution of 1 = 1% for structural damping, 1 =

1% for furniture damping and 1 = 1% for finishes damping which yields the

overall estimated damping ratio of the floor to be 1 = 3%.

Page 52: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

33

Table 2-9 Estimation of floor’s damping design values (Hechler et al. 2008)

Type of floor Damping ratio

Structural damping 1

Wood 6%

Concrete 2%

Steel 1%

Composite (Steel-Concrete) 1%

Damping due to furniture 1

Traditional office for 1 to 3 persons with separation wall 2%

Paperless office 0%

Open plan office 1%

Library 1%

Residential 1%

School 0%

Gymnastic rooms 0%

Damping due to the finishes 1

Ceiling under the floor 1%

Free floating floor 0%

Total damping 1111

2.3.3.2. Determination of Natural Frequency and Mass ofFloor Using Hivoss MethodThe natural frequency and modal mass of a simple plate can be calculated using

equations presented in Figure 2-12. These equations are applied according to

fixity conditions (type of supports) and length ( L ) to width ( B ) ratio ( ) of the

floor system. It should be noted that these equations are applied only for isotropic

plates but not for orthotropic plate. An example of such isotropic plates is given in

Figure 2-12.

Page 53: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

34

Figure 2-12 A procedure to calculate the natural frequency and modal mass of isotropic

plates (Hechler et al. 2008)

Orthotropic floors such as composite floors with beams in longitudinal direction

and a concrete plate in transverse direction have different stiffness in length

( y)EI( ) and width ( x)EI( ) where xy )EI()EI( . A typical composite floor

(orthotropic) is shown in Figure 2-13. The first natural frequency of the

orthotropic plate being simply supported at all four edges can be determined using

Equation (2-19);

Page 54: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

35

y

xy

)EI()EI(

lb

lb

ml)EI(

f

42

41 212

2-19

where

l = the length of the floor (in x-direction) in metres;

b = the width of the floor (in y-direction) in metres;

E = the Young's modulus ( 2/ mN ) to be 10% higher than the static modulus;

xI = the moment of inertia for bending about the x-axis ( 4m );

yI = the moment of inertia for bending about the y-axis ( 4m ); and

m = the mass of floor including finishes and a representative amount of imposed

live load ( 3/ mkg ). Expected values for residential and office buildings are 10% to

20% of the imposed live load.

Figure 2-13 Typical composite floor consists of a slab and beams (Hivoss 2010)

The modal mass of a composite floor system can be calculated according to the

mode shape of the floor. For a composite floor shown in Figure 2-13, the modal

mass ( 1m ) can be calculated using Equation (2-20);

222

22

18

2

yxyxMm 2-20

Page 55: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

36

where

M = total mass of the floor;

x = deflection of the beam;

y = deflection of the slab assuming the deflection of the supports (i.e. the

deflection of the beam) is zero; and

yx .

2.3.3.3. Hivoss Acceptance CriteriaThe design value to calculate the response of a floor system is One Step Root

Mean Square 90% (OS-RMS90) response velocity as illustrated in Figure 2-14.

This value covers the response velocity of the floor for a significant step with

intensity of 90% of person’s steps walking.

Figure 2-14 The OS-RMS90-values as a function of step frequency and body mass (Hechler et

al. 2008)

The Root Mean Square (RMS) of the response velocity can be determined using

Equation (2-21) (Hechler et al. 2008);

2)(1

0

2 PeakT

RMSvdttv

Tv 2-21

Page 56: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

37

where

T = time;

)t(v = velocity function;

RMSv = RMS response velocity; and

Peakv = peak response velocity.

Once the floor damping ratio, natural frequency and modal mass were determined

using Table 2-9 and Equations (2-19) and (2-20), the class of the floor can then be

obtained using the OS-RMS90 diagram as shown in Figure 2-15.

The diagram is used by entering the modal mass on the mass-axis and the

corresponding frequency on the frequency-axis. The OS-RMS90 value and the

acceptance class can be read off at the intersection of extensions at both entry

points. The OS-RMS90 diagrams are introduced for floor systems with damping

ratios ranging from 1% to 9%. Hence, an appropriate OS-RMS90 diagram

matching the damping ratio of the floor has to be selected in order to obtain the

class of the floor and its OS-RMS90 value. It should be noted that the OS-RMS90

velocity values are in millimetres per second.

The acceptance or otherwise of the floor can be assessed using Figure 2-16

according to the class and the function of the floor. For example, class D floor is

considered to be acceptable for office floors whereas class F is not recommended.

Page 57: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

38

Figure 2-15 OS-RMS90 application for floors with 3% damping ratio (Hechler et al. 2008)

Page 58: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

39

Figure 2-16 Classification of floor response and recommendation for the application of

classes (Hivoss 2010)

2.3.4. CCIP-016 MethodThis design guide is described in “A design guide for footfall induced vibration of

structures: A tool for designers to engineer the footfall vibration characteristics of

buildings or bridges” which was published by the Cement and Concrete Industry

Publication no. 016 (CCIP-016) (Willford & Young 2006). For the AISC DG11,

SCI P354 and Hivoss guidelines, the response of the floor to walking excitation is

calculated as result of a harmonic force coinciding with the natural frequency of

the floor. In this assessment method, the floor response is calculated for each

walking harmonic and the total response of the floor is a combination of all

walking harmonic forces up to the fourth harmonic.

The procedure to evaluate the performance of a floor system using CCIP-016

method is as follows:

1. calculate the response for each mode of the floor to each of the first four

harmonics ( if ), from i = 1 to i = 4, for a particular footfall rate ( stepf ).

Page 59: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

40

2. identify the vertical modes of the floor up to 15 Hz. All vertical modes with

frequencies up to 15 Hz can potentially contribute significant response and

should be included in the calculation. For complex and composite floor

systems, FE analysis is essential to identify the mode shapes and hence the

corresponding frequencies and modal masses.

3. Calculate the harmonic frequency ( if ) using Equation (2-22);

stepi fif . 2-22

where

i = harmonic number from i = 1 to i = 4; and

stepf = walking frequency in Hz.

4. Calculate the harmonic force, iF , for this harmonic frequency using Table 2-2

and Equation (2-23) for each mode of the floor;

0.FDLFFi 2-23

where

DLF = dynamic load factor obtained from Table 2-2; and

0F = static weight of the walker.

5. Calculate the real and imaginary acceleration (jireala ,, ,

jiimaga ,, ) for each

mode using Equations (2-24) and (2-25);

22

2

jj

j

j

j

j

j BAA

mF

ffa ,is,xye,xyii

,i,real

2-24

Page 60: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

41

22

2

jj

j

j

j

j

j BAB

mF

ffa ,is,xye,xyii

,i,imag

2-25

where

= mode shape;

j = mode shape number;

jf = frequency of mode j ;

e,xy = mode shape value at the point of excitation;

s,xy = mode shape value at the point of response;

2

1

j

j ffA i

;

j

jj ffB i

2 ;

j,i = 1 when the number of steps to cross the footpath exceeds 10 steps

j = damping ratio of mode j and it can be estimated from Table 2-10.

Table 2-10 Suggested damping values for different structures (Willford & Young 2006)

Structural typeDamping

ratio

Bare steel composite or post tensioned concrete floors with little or no fit-out 0.8% to 1.5%

Bare reinforced concrete floors 1% to 2%

Completed steel composite or post tensioned floors with low fit-out 1.5% to 2.5%

Completed steel composite or post tensioned floors with typical fit-out 2% to 3%

Completed reinforced concrete floors with typical fit-out 2.2 to 3.5%

Completed steel composite, post tensioned or reinforced concrete floors with

extensive fit-out and full-height partitions3% to 4.5%

6. sweep the footfall frequency ( stepf ) and hence the walking harmonic force

using Table 2-2. The footfall frequency varies from slow walking of 1.0 Hz to

fast walking of 2.8 Hz. A convenient frequency increment (e.g., 0.01 or 0.1

Page 61: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

42

Hz) for this range of step rate (1 – 2.8 Hz) is required to obtain the floor

response for each harmonic frequency.

7. sum the real and imaginary responses for all modes of the floor (included in

the calculations) for this harmonic frequency to obtain the total real ( ireala , )

and imaginary ( iimaga , ) accelerations for each harmonic force using Equation

(2-26);

J

j,i,reali,real j

aa ; J

j,i,imagi,imag j

aa 2-26

where J is the number of modes included in the calculations.

8. find the magnitude of this acceleration ( ia ), where i is the harmonic of the

footfall, which is the total response in all modes of the floor to this harmonic

(at this footfall frequency) as illustrated in Equation (2-27);

22i,imagi,reali aaa 2-27

9. convert this acceleration magnitude ( ia ) to a response factor ( i)RF( ) using

Figure 2-17. First, calculate the baseline peak acceleration for a response

factor of 1 at this harmonic frequency ( iRFa ,1 ).

If if < 4 Hz,i

iRF fa 0141.0

,1 2sm

If 4Hz < if < 8 Hz, 0071.0,1 iRFa 2sm

If if >8 Hz, 4,1 1082.2

iiRF fa 2sm

Page 62: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

43

Divide this response factor into the total acceleration response for this

harmonic as illustrated in Equation (2-28);

i,RF

ii a

a)RF(

1

2-28

Figure 2-17 Baseline RMS acceleration (Willford & Young 2006)

10. find the total response factor ( RF ) for this particular footfall rate using

Equation (2-29), which is the 'square root sum of the squares' combination of

the response factor for each of the four harmonics;

24

23

22

21 ))(())(())(())(( RFRFRFRFRF 2-29

11. repeat this calculation for other footfall rates according to the specified

frequency increment and find the critical rate that generates the maximum

response.

Page 63: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

44

An example to demonstrate the procedure to calculate the response factor (RF) for

a step frequency of 2.18 Hz is shown in Table 2-11. This calculation is for two

span simply supported footbridge with dynamic properties of 37,000 kg modal

mass, 1.5% damping ratio and natural frequencies of vertical modes are mode 1 =

4.2 Hz, mode 2 = 6.6 Hz and mode 3 = 16.9 Hz. It should be noted from Table

2-11 that only the first two vertical modes are included in the calculation as the

third mode is above 15 Hz.

Table 2-11 Response factor calculation for walking at 2.18 Hz (Willford & Young 2006)

Harmonic number 1 2 3 4

Harmonic frequency (Hz) (Eq. 2-22) 2.18 4.36 6.54 8.52

Real and Imag. Responses (m/s2)

(Eqs. 2-24 & 2-25)Real Imaginary Real Imaginary Real Imaginary Real Imaginary

Mode 1 2.78E-03 5.09E-05 1.41E-02 3.83E-03 -2.82E-03 1.19E-04 -1.84E-03 4.05E-05

Mode 2 1.13E-03 1.28E-05 1.33E-03 4.88E-05 1.53E-02 3.78E-02 -2.75E-03 1.38E-04

Mode 3 0.00E+00 0.00E+00 0.00E+00 0.00E+00 0.00E+00 0.00E+00 0.00E+00 0.00E+00

Total (Eq. 2-26) 3.91E-03 6.37E-05 1.55E-02 3.88E-03 -1.82E-02 3.79E-02 -4.59E-03 1.79E-04

Magnitude of response (m/s2)

(Eq. 2-27)3.91E-03 7.10E-02 7.10E-03 7.80E-03

Base curve acceleration (m/s2) 9.20E-03 7.10E-03 7.10E-03 8.33E-03

Response factor (Eq. 2-28) 0.41 2.25 5.93 0.59

Total RF 2.35 Hz (Eq. 2-29) 6.38

The response factors for all walking frequencies for the range of 1-2.8 Hz are

illustrated in Figure 2-18. From this figure, the maximum response will be due to

a pedestrian walking at 2.32Hz and the response factor (RF ) value is about 8.5.

The maximum value of the total response factor ( RF ) is compared with the

acceptance criteria. If the footfall vibration level is below RF = 8, this is almost

satisfactory for commercial buildings such as offices, retail, restaurants, airports

and the like where some people are seated. However, there are instances in which

some people complain at this vibration level, particularly when it occurs regularly

(Willford & Young 2006).

Page 64: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

45

Figure 2-18 Response for all walking frequencies (Willford & Young 2006)

2.4. Damping Estimation from Measured DataThere are different methods that are used in damping estimation from recorded

data. For example, Logarithmic Decrement Method (LDM) is used in the time

domain analysis and Half-Power Bandwidth (HPB) is used in the frequency

domain analysis. The selection of damping analysis method depends on the

characteristics of the vibration data including level of noise and number of modes

included in the vibration analysis. The following sub-sections provide a brief

description for the methods commonly used to obtain the damping ratio from

recorded data.

2.4.1. Logarithmic Decrement Analysis (LDM)The LDM probably is the most popular method that is used to determine damping

of an oscillator. When a SDOF oscillator is excited by an impulse or an initial

displacement, its response takes the form of a time decay (De Silva 2007). In the

logarithmic decrement analysis, the decay in vibration amplitude ( ) which is

defined as the natural log of the ratio of the size of two peaks with i cycles apart,

can be estimated using Equation (2-30) (Blanchard et al. 1977 ; Clough 1975 ;

Thorby 2008);

Page 65: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

46

in

n

xx

i

ln1 2-30

where

nx = the amplitude of nth cycle; and

inx is the amplitude of the thin cycle.

The damping ratio can then be found from Equation (2-31);

2

2-31

It should be noted that this procedure assumes SDOF system response behaviour.

For multi-degree of freedom (MDOF) systems, the modal damping ratio for each

mode can be determined using this method if the initial excitation is such that the

decay takes place primarily in one mode of vibration. In other words, substantial

modal separation and the presence of real modes (not complex modes with non-

proportional damping) are assumed (De Silva 2007).

2.4.2. Half-Power Bandwidth (HPB)The half-power bandwidth method as illustrated in Figure 2-19 is commonly used

in estimating damping in the frequency domain. The response of an excited

oscillator is usually recorded in time domain and it can be converted to frequency

domain using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). The results obtained from this

method are very good for single degree of freedom systems with small values of

damping. This method is also used extensively for MDOF and continuous systems

both in the laboratory and in the field, including systems that do not have linear

viscous damping and even systems that do not have normal modes in the classical

sense (Olmos & Roesset 2010). The maximum amplitude )( max related to a

particular natural frequency )( nf is determined from the frequency domain trace

and then the maximum amplitude divided by the square root of two )2( is

Page 66: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

47

calculated to obtain the values of )&( 21 ff as shown in Figure 2-19. The damping

ratio )( can then be calculated using Equation (2-32);

nfff

212 2-32

Frequency

Am

plitu

de

or 3 dB in Log scale

f2fnf1

max2

max

Figure 2-19 Half-Power Bandwidth

The use of this method for damping estimation has a clear meaning only to the

degree to which a structure can be successfully modelled by a SDOF system or by

a series of decoupled SDOF systems. Nevertheless, the use of the HPB method

can be extended to MDOF structures based on the assumption that each peak in

the frequency response function is affected only by the mode under study. On the

other hand, the method is challenged in cases of MDOF structures with modes

having nearly the same natural frequency (closely spaced modes) leading to

possible mode coupling. The degree of this mode coupling in a structure depends

on the interplay among its damping distribution, its geometric characteristics

(from which its natural frequencies can be found) and its type of excitation

(Papagiannopoulos & Hatzigeorgiou 2011). This method can be used when the

frequency trace for a structure response is available regardless of knowing the

input data.

Page 67: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

48

Haritos (1993) investigated an alternative optimised method to obtain the damping

level. The “equivalent area” was tested and compared to the “peak value” in the

frequency domain and half-power bandwidth. The basic concept of the

“equivalent area method” is to equate the area under the measured transfer

function trace. The reason behind the use of this concept is that by conducting

such integration, the influence of “noisiness” is minimised because the integration

is a form of smoothing operation. The area can be determined by using standard

numerical integration such as Simpson’s rule. Haritos used a Monte Carlo style

simulation to identify the statistical characteristics of predicted damping levels of

a SDOF. The equivalent area method is considered more than satisfactory for

determination of damping levels below about 8%.

The accuracy of the estimated level of damping may vary depending on the

prediction method. The accuracy is influenced by a number of factors in particular

the “noisiness” of the data. It is reported that the equivalent area methods

produces sufficiently accurate estimates for system with low damping (Haritos

1993).

2.4.3. Circle-Fit MethodSometimes the measured modes are closely spaced and interfere with each other

and hence the half-power bandwidth can not accurately estimate the damping as it

is difficult to identify the peak and frequency band (i.e. 21 & ff ) for each mode.

The equation of motion for a SDOF illustrated in Figure 2-9 under forced

excitation ( tiFe ) can be expressed as (Beards 1996);

tiFekxxcxm 2-33

where

x = response acceleration;

x = response velocity;

x = response displacement;

Page 68: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

49

F = force amplitude;

= excitation frequency in radian; and

t = time.

A solution tiXex can be assumed, yields Equation (2-34) (Beards 1996);

222222

2

)()()()(

cmkci

cmkmk

FX

2-34

The solution consists of two components; the real part ( )Re( FX ) in phase with

the force and imaginary part ( )Im( FX ) in quadrature with force.

Nyquist plots of imaginary and real part were introduced into vibration analysis

by Kennedy and Pancu in 1947 to provide a simple and fairly accurate method for

analysing vibration test data (Kennedy & Pancu 1947 ; Thorby 2008). An

example of the Nyqusit plot for a given value of ( c ) is illustrated in Figure 2-20.

Experimentally the curve in Figure 2-20 can be obtained by plotting the measured

amplitude and phase of )( FX for each excitation frequency ( f ). The phase

angle can be obtained using Equation (2-35) (Beards 1996);

cmk 2

)tan( 2-35

The method of estimating the damping from Half-Power Bandwidth of the

amplitude response described in Section 2.4.2 can be applied. The half-power

points occurs when 45 and 135 and the frequencies ( 21 & ff ) can be

identified as:

1f = excitation frequency at the phase angle 45o below the phase of the resonant

frequency ( nf ); and

Page 69: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

50

2f = excitation frequency at the phase angle 45o above the phase of the resonant

frequency ( nf ).

Figure 2-20 Nyquist plot for a system with viscous damping (Beards 1996)

Imregun (1991) addressed that the circle-fit method gives reliable results when

there are enough data points around resonance and that damping is not too low.

On other hand, this method should not be used when the data contains noise

around resonance (Iglesias 2000 ; Imregun 1991)

2.4.4. Random Decrement Technique (Randec)This method was first introduced by H.A. Cole at NASA during the late 1960s

and early 1970s (Asmussen et al. 1999). The concept of Randec is based on the

principle that the response of a system due to the random excitation consists of

three components, the response to an initial displacement, response to an initial

velocity and the response to a random input load. Averaging large number of

Page 70: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

51

segments with the same initial condition will eliminate the forced vibration

component. Thus, a typical free vibration decay curve can be obtained.

Consequently, the damping ratio )( and natural frequency )( nf can be extracted

from the free vibration decay trace (Brincker et al. 1991 ; Rodrigues & Brincker

2005).

Considering two response time histories )(tx and )(ty , simultaneously measured,

the auto )(XXD and cross )(XYD Randec functions can be mathematically

defined by the following expressions (Rodrigues & Brincker 2005):

)()(1)(1 i

N

i iXX tTxtxN

D

2-36

)()(1)(1 i

N

i iXY tTxtyN

D

2-37

where

N = the number of averaged time segment; and

)( itTx = the triggering condition applied to time history.

In order to obtain the free vibration curve, a triggering level and segment length

are required to be defined as shown Figure 2-21. One important aspect of the

application of Randec technique is the definition of the triggering level ( )( itTx ) in

Equations (2-36) and (2-37) and the length of time segments that are extracted

from a time history. In general, it is advantageous to use a large number of

triggering points. However, in order to eliminate the effect of noise, a large value

of triggering level ( )( itTx ) should be specified since the lower values of triggering

level in the time history are more contaminated by the noise than the larger

values. Therefore, some balance must be achieved between the large number of

triggering points and having a high value of triggering level ( )( itTx ). A good

option is to consider the standard deviation of the response time history ( x ) to

Page 71: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

52

specify the triggering level ( )( itTx ) with optimum value of xitTx 2)(

(Rodrigues & Brincker 2005).

Figure 2-21 Basic concept of the Random Decrement Technique

(Rodrigues & Brincker 2005)

2.5. Remedial Measures to Suppress Floor VibrationsAlthough structural engineers have design guidelines for evaluating the floor

vibration response during the design phase, there is still a large number of

constructed floors that exhibit excessive vibrations. These problematic floors arise

from inappropriate assumptions made in prediction of damping during the design

stage or due to change of use or alterations. Few options are available to rectify a

floor with excessive levels of vibration.

The relocation of the vibration source is the cheapest corrective method such as

placing the vibration source (e.g. a gym) on the ground slab or placing sensitive

equipment near columns or walls where the vibrations are less severe than at mid-

bay (Koo 2003).

Floor damping depends primarily on the presence of non-structural components

such as partitions, ceilings, mechanical services and furnishing. Full-height

partitions are most effective in adding damping to the floor system (Allen &

Pernica 1998). Adding non-structural elements such as full-height partitions with

Page 72: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

53

the aim of increasing damping in most cases is not possible due to architectural

and functional requirements (Setareh et al. 2006).

Increasing the floor stiffness can reduce human induced vibration because it

increases the natural frequency of the floor and hence shifting the resonance to

higher harmonics. Stiffening methods include increasing floor member depths and

ensuring that there is a composite action between the beams and the concrete slab.

Introducing new columns between existing columns from the affected floor down

to the foundations is very effective in the case of flexible floor structures, but is

often unacceptable to the owner. Adding members, as shown in Figure 2-22, can

stiffen light-frame floors. However, it is important to determine whether the

vibration is caused by flexible supports (poor seating, flexible beams, etc.) before

proceeding with stiffening the joists (Allen & Pernica 1998). In many instances

there is physically not enough space to introduce new structural elements and also

this solution is not conservative as it does not take the account of damping.

Figure 2-22 Stiffening technique for steel joists and beams (Allen & Pernica 1998)

Adding mass can reduce the vibration level but in most cases it is not practical as

it may create overstress in structural members or it could reduce the natural

frequency of the floor, which makes it more susceptible to vibration.

Another option to reduce floor vibrations is to employ dampers. This technique is

discussed in details in the following sections.

Page 73: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

54

2.6. DampersPassive, semiactive and active dampers can be used effectively to reduce

excessive floor vibrations. This type of rectification measure increases the

damping of floor systems and hence decreases the response vibrations.

Mechanical dampers or viscoelastic material can often be installed more cheaply

than structural stiffening and are usually the only practical means of vibration

control in existing structures (Webster & Vaicaitis 1992).

2.6.1. Passive Tuned Mass Dampers (TMD)The principle of a tuned mass damper (TMD) was initially utilised when Den

Hartog in 1947 reintroduced the dynamic absorber invented by Frahm in 1909 (De

Silva 2005 ; Hartog 1956). Generally, a TMD consists of a mass ( 2m ), spring ( 2k )

and dashpot ( 2c ), and is tuned to the natural frequency of the primary system ( 1f ).

When the primary system as illustrated in Figure 2-23 begins to oscillate it sets

the TMD into motion and hence the TMD absorbs energy from the vibrating floor.

The TMD inertia forces produced by this motion are anti-phase to the excitation

force. The first use of a TMD for floor vibration application was reported by

Lenzen (1966) who used small TMDs with a total mass of about 2% of the floor

mass. The TMDs were made of steel hung by springs and dashpots from the floor

beams. Lenzen reported floors with annoying vibration characteristics became

satisfactory by tuning the TMDs to a natural frequency of about 1.0 Hz less than

that of the floor and using a damping ratio of 7.5% (Setareh 2002).

TMDs are typically effective over a narrow frequency band and must be tuned to

a particular natural frequency. They are not effective if the structure has several

closely spaced frequencies and they can potentially increase the vibration if they

are off-tuned (Webster & Vaicaitis 1992). One TMD can only damp one mode of

vibration and if damping of several modes is necessary the arrangement becomes

quite complex (Bachmann 1995).

Page 74: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

55

Figure 2-23 Typical Representation of Two Degree of Freedom Tuned Mass Damper-

structure system

A TMD splits the natural frequency of the primary system into a lower )'( 1f and

higher frequency '2f as shown in Figure 2-24. If there is zero damping then

resonance occurs at the two undamped resonant frequencies of the combined

system ( ''& 21 ff ). The other extreme case occurs when there is infinite damping,

which has the effect of locking the spring ( 2k ). In this case the system fitted with

a TMD becomes one degree of freedom with stiffness of ( 1k ) and a mass of

( 21 mm ). Using an intermediate value of damping such as optimum damping

( opt ), it is possible to control the vibration of the primary system over a wider

frequency range (Smith 1988). For the optimum damper, the values of the

damper’s natural frequency and damping ratio ( opt ) are set to obtain minimum

and equal height peaks at '1f & '2f (Puksand 1975).

Page 75: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

56

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

Frequency (Hz)

Res

pons

e

Without TMD

With TMD

f '2f '1

f1

Figure 2-24 Example showing the effects of attaching a TMD to a SDOF system

The first step in the design of a TMD is to determine the desired mass ratio ( ) as

defined by Equation (2-38);

1

2

mm

2-38

The larger the mass of the damper )( 2m the larger the separation between the two

new frequencies ( ''& 21 ff in Figure 2-24) which are created by the damper. This

would normally increase the effectiveness of the damper over a broader range of

frequencies and also decreases the vibration level of the primary system.

However, there are normally some structural and physical limitations on the size

of the damper and its mass. For most practical cases a mass ratio ( ) of 0.01 to

0.02 is recommended.

The optimum natural frequency of a TMD ( 2f ) can be obtained from Equation

(2-39) (Al-Hulwah 2005 ; Setra 2006);

Page 76: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

57

11

2ff 2-39

where 1f is the natural frequency of the primary system.

The optimum damping ratio ( opt ) of the vibration absorber (TMD) corresponds to

the mass ratio of the coupled system as described in Equation (2-40) (Setra 2006);

3)1(83

opt 2-40

An example of a recent TMD proposed for floor vibrations is a Pendulum Tuned

Mass Damper (PTMD) shown in Figure 2-25. Experiments were undertaken on a

testing floor to evaluate the performance of the PMTD in reducing floor vibrations

and it is reported that the damper reduced the floor vibration in the range of 50-

70% (Setareh et al. 2006).

Figure 2-25 Pendulum Tuned Mass Damper (Setareh et al. 2006)

Page 77: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

58

2.6.1.1. Damping ElementsThe conventional TMD consists of mass, spring and damping elements. This

damping element can be a viscous damper, viscoelastic damper or liquid damper.

The following sub-sections describe the characteristics of each damping element

and its components.

Viscous Damper

A dashpot as illustrated in Figure 2-26 can act as damping element of a passive

TMD. The dissipation in a dashpot takes place by the conversion of the

mechanical energy into heat, using a piston that deforms a very viscous substance,

such as silicone, and displaces it. Another family of viscous dampers is based on

the flow of a fluid in a closed container. The piston is not limited to deforming the

viscous substance, but forces the fluid to pass through calibrated orifices (Setra

2006).

Figure 2-26 Example of viscous damper (Setra 2006)

The main difference between these two technologies is as follows. In the case of a

pot or wall damper, the dissipative force will depend on the viscosity of the fluid,

Page 78: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

59

whereas, in the case of an orifice damper, this force is due mainly to the density of

the fluid. Orifice dampers will therefore be more stable with respect to variations

in temperature than pot dampers or wall dampers (Setra 2006).

Viscoelastic Damper

Rather than using a viscous material, the viscoelastic materials such as polymers

can be used to dissipate energy by working in shear. Figure 2-27 shows a

viscoelastic damper formed from layers of viscoelastic materials between metal

plates. When this type of device is excited, the relative displacement of the outer

plates with respect to the central plate produces shear stresses in the viscoelastic

layer, which dissipates the energy (Setra 2006).

Figure 2-27 Viscoelastic damper (Setra 2006)

Liquid Damper

The first liquid damper prototype was proposed in the 1900s by Frahm to control

rolling in ships. Since the 1970s, these dampers are installed on satellites to

reduce long period vibrations and have been used in buildings since 1980s. The

damper consists of a container filled with a liquid as illustrated in Figure 2-28.

The liquid acts as the secondary mass and the damping is provided by friction

with the walls of the container (Setra 2006).

Page 79: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

60

Figure 2-28 Liquid damper (Setra 2006)

2.6.1.2. Application of Passive TMDs on Floor SystemsAn example of a floor system which was retrofitted by a conventional viscous

TMD is Terrace on the Park building. The floor is a reinforced concrete slab

supported by steel beams. The floor was symmetrically partitioned into four

dining/dancing halls (Webster & Vaicaitis 1992).

Preliminary free vibration tests of the floor found that the first natural frequency

to be about 2.3 Hz and the second one was 3.9 Hz. This very low frequency is

well below the recommended levels for floors and corresponds closely to the beat

of many dances. The measured damping ratio of floor was about 3.1%. Guests of

the dining halls complained about the vibrations with observations of sloshing

waves in cocktail glasses and chandeliers that bounced to the beat of the band

gave credence to these concerns. Preliminary vibration tests performed during

dance events showed that the floor accelerations and displacements sometimes

reached 7% g and 3 mm, respectively (Webster & Vaicaitis 1992). It should be

noted that the measured value of acceleration response of this floor was about 14

times greater than the acceptable level of an office floor of 0.5% g.

One TMD of 4% mass ratio was installed in the corner of a ballroom extending

from the floor beam to the roof beam as shown in Figure 2-29a. Calculations

Page 80: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

61

showed that the floor beams supporting the TMD would be overstressed with a

damper mass ratio greater than 4%. The typical TMD as depicted in Figure 2-29b

was tuned for optimum frequency and damping and the measurements of TMD

performance during dance events revealed that the TMDs reduced ballroom floor

vibrations by at least 60 percent.

Figure 2-29 Ballroom floor long section with a TMD (Webster & Vaicaitis 1992)

The example of using viscous damper for retrofitting was for retrofitting a

structure with very high acceleration response compared with office floors

acceleration response due to the walking excitation. The maximum displacement

of Terrace Park building was 3 mm due to dance excitation while the maximum

displacements of office floors due to walking excitation is in the order of 0.1 mm.

This very small displacement makes it difficult to develop a conventional viscous

TMD to retrofit office floor systems. Setra (2006) reported that because of the

compressibility of the fluid, friction in the joints, and tolerance in the fixings, it is

not easy to achieve a viscous damper that can tolerate such small displacements.

A liquid damper was used as a damping element to retrofit an office floor. This

damper consists of a steel plate as the spring, and two stacks of steel plates, acting

as additional mass to adjust the TMD frequency as illustrated in Figure 2-30.

Damping is provided by liquid filled bladders confined in two rigid containers

Page 81: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

62

instead of conventional dashpot or damping elements connecting the additional

mass to the original structure (Hanagan et al. 2003 ; Shope & Murray 1995).

Figure 2-30 Liquid TMD (Hanagan et al. 2003)

This type of liquid TMD was installed to retrofit a composite floor system with

joists spaning 15.85 m and girders spacing 4.88 m. Heel drop impact tests

identified a significant dynamic response at two natural frequencies of 5.1 Hz and

6.5 Hz. The two modes were controlled by fourteen liquid TMDs. The dampers

were hung from the bottom chords of the existing floor joists to control the two

modes. The acceleration histories for a person walking perpendicular to the joist

span before and after the installation of the dampers are shown in Figure 2-31

(Hanagan et al. 2003 ; Koo 2003 ; Shope & Murray 1995).

The using of liquid dampers attempt provided limited details on the damper

design and its physical limitations.

Page 82: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

63

Figure 2-31 Acceleration responses of the floor due to walking without and with liquid TMDs

(Hanagan et al. 2003)

A TMD with viscoelastic damper element were used to reduce the level of

vibration of an office floor. The dampers were designed by the 3M Company,

Minnesota, and consist of an outer frame that rests on the floor, connecting

elements, and an inner frame as shown in Figure 2-32. Four springs and a

viscoelastic damping element connect the outer frame to the inner mass carrying

frame. The inner frame can hold a number of steel plates, which provide the mass

for the TMD and allow for tuning (Hanagan et al. 2003).

Page 83: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

64

Figure 2-32 TMD with viscoelastic damping element (Hanagan et al. 2003)

Two dominant modes of vibration with frequencies of 5 and 6 Hz were identified.

One TMD was used to control the 5 Hz mode and two TMDs were used to control

the 6 Hz mode. The TMDs were successfully reduced the level of vibration and

the response of the floor without and with damper due to walking is illustrated in

Figure 2-33.

The using of viscoelastic damping element attempt provided limited details on the

damper design and its performance specifications. Further, they were costly and

complex.

Page 84: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

65

Figure 2-33 Walking induced response of the office floor without and with TMDs (Hanagan

et al. 2003)

2.6.2. Semiactive Control DampersDuring the 1980s, the automotive industry researched, developed and tested

various types of semiactive shock absorbers. That research produced a new type

of control actuator that has applications in civil, mechanical, and aerospace

engineering. The term semiactive describes a system that consists of a variable

actuator that requires little power to operate.

Setareh (2002), Koo (2003) and Koo et al. (2004) reported the use of a class of

semiactive tuned mass dampers called ground-hook tuned mass dampers

(GHTMD) as shown Figure 2-34. This comprises a TMD with the semiactive

damping element. A magnetically responsive fluid can be used as a damping

element, which is based on a suspension of micron-sized, magnetisable particles

Page 85: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

66

in a carrier fluid as illustrated in Figure 2-35.

Figure 2-34 schematic of semiactive tuned mass damper (Koo 2003)

Altering the strength through the application of a magnetic field precisely controls

the yield stress of the fluid. The alteration of the inter-particle attraction, by

increasing or decreasing the strength of the field, permits continuous control of

the fluid’s rheological properties (Koo et al. 2004). In other words, the magneto-

rheological (MR) fluid mixture thickens, and even becomes solid, when it meets a

magnetic field. As the magnetic field strength increases, the resistance to fluid

flow at the activation regions also increases. This mechanism is similar to that of

hydraulic dampers, in which resistance is caused by the fluid passage through an

orifice. This variable resistance to fluid flow allows the use of MR fluid in

electrically controlled viscous dampers and other devices (Koo 2003).

Figure 2-35 Typical magneto- rheological damper (Koo 2003)

Page 86: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

67

The semiactive damper shown in Figure 2-36 was mounted on a primary structure

to form two DOF system in order to evaluate the effectiveness of a semiactive

TMD that uses an MR damper. The physical representation of the test rig with

mounted semiactive TMD is shown in Figure 2-37.

Figure 2-36 Semiactive tuned mass damper (Koo 2003)

Based on analytical and experimental studies, it was found that the semiactive

TMD is more effective than its equivalent passive TMD (for the same mass), in

reducing the level of displacement when subjected to harmonic force excitation.

However, in the case of passive TMDs, their effectiveness depends largely on the

existing floor damping level. Specifically, it was found that GHTMD can

outperform its equivalent passive TMD by about 14%. Even though semiactive

TMD have limited advantage over their passive counterparts in reducing the

maximum levels of vibration, it is reported that they perform in a much more

robust manner when subjected to off-tuning of floor mass and natural frequency

(Koo 2003 ; Koo et al. 2004 ; Setareh 2002).

Page 87: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

68

Figure 2-37 Test rig and primary components (Koo 2003)

Although the semiactive TMD is reported to be more robust than the passive

TMD, it is expected that their costs would be significant and ongoing maintenance

would be more demanding due to sophisticated control system. Furthermore, there

has been no effort made using such dampers on floor systems.

2.6.3. Active Control DampersHanagan & Murray (1995) developed and tested an active electro-magnetic

actuator that uses a piezoelectric velocity sensor and a feedback loop to generate

control forces effectively adding damping to the supporting structure. An actively

controlled mass provides a larger degree of control compared with a passive

device with an equivalent reactive mass. Given the high level of control, the

active system could be less disruptive to the building function than most other

rectification measures. The active device can be more compact and can be

installed with relative speed and ease. There are also disadvantages to the active

Page 88: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

69

control scheme. The cost of the components to provide a single control circuit was

reported to be high. Furthermore, maintenance and reliability issues also detract

from the attractiveness of an active system, however as the technology advances,

the cost may reduce (Hanagan & Murray 1995, 1997).

Hanagan et al. (2003) investigated an active damper to correct floor systems. It

was reported that the active damper reduced the peak amplitude of walking

excitation by approximately 12% of the peak amplitude for the uncontrolled floor

system. More recently Reynolds et al. (2009) implemented an active control

system to reduce human induced vibrations of an in service floor which had a

damping ratio of 3% and a modal mass of approximately 20 tonnes with

approximately 9 modes between 4 and 10 Hz. Reductions of up to 50 % were

observed experimentally.

2.7. Concluding RemarksRecent changes in building construction have included the use of light composite

and long span floor systems. Although these changes have many advantages, such

floor systems can suffer from excessive vibration due to human activities. This

problem is exacerbated in office buildings due to the reduction in inherent

damping associated with modern fit-outs. Excessive floor vibrations are often

realised after the completion of construction or following structural modifications

and normally arise due to inadequate knowledge of the damping values in the

design process.

The human activities such as walking, dancing, aerobics and running can create

annoying problems to the in service floors. The force produced from walking is

dominated by the pacing rate and it becomes a problem when the floor natural

frequency coincides with one of the walking harmonics of the walking force.

The most commonly used floor assessment methods for floor vibrations have been

discussed in this chapter. The response of a floor subjected to human excitation is

related to the frequency, mass and damping of the floor. The dynamic response of

Page 89: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

70

floor systems due to footfall excitations obtained from these assessment methods

is sensitive to the assumed damping value. As it is difficult to know how a

particular floor will be fitted out, the damping value could be overestimated

resulting in excessive floor vibrations. The assessment process also involves a

comparison of the floor response with human comfort which is subjective.

Methods to estimate the damping of a floor system using recorded data were

discussed in this chapter. The damping of floor systems can be obtained from time

history or frequency domain. The accuracy of the measured damping from the

recorded data depends on the floor system behavior in terms of frequencies,

modes of vibration, excitation force and the characteristics of the utilised

measurement method. Consequently, the method used to measure a floor damping

must be carefully considered as each method has limitations and may be suitable

for a particular floor rather than another.

There are few options available to correct a floor with excessive levels of

vibration. The relocation of the vibration source is the cheapest corrective method

such as placing the vibration source on the ground slab or placing sensitive

equipment near columns or walls where the vibrations are less severe than at mid-

bay. Increasing the floor stiffness can reduce human induced vibration because it

increases the natural frequency of the floor and hence shifting the resonance to a

higher walking harmonics. However, in many cases there is physically not enough

space to introduce new structural elements. Adding mass can reduce the vibration

level but in most cases it is not practical as it may create overstress in structural

members or it could reduce the natural frequency of the floor, which makes it

more susceptible. Adding non-structural elements such as full-height partitions

with the aim of increasing damping and stiffness in most cases is not possible due

to architectural and functional requirements.

The use of mechanical dampers is a possible option to reduce excessive

vibrations. Dampers to rectify problematic office floor systems experiencing small

displacement response are not practically available yet. Past attempts reported in

Page 90: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

71

the literature to treat office floor vibrations using other types of dampers provide

limited information about the construction of dampers and their performance

specifications. Floor vibrations due to walking excitation typically produce

dynamic displacements that are generally very small. In reality, it is difficult to

produce a practical viscous damper that provides a reasonable level of damping

given the small displacements. While viscous dampers were used in some floor

applications, these had large displacements compared with what would occur in

office floors.

For floor retrofitting application, there are usually physical limitations associated

with access and presence of mechanical services attached to the soffit of the slab

and beams. Hence for a floor damper to be practical, it needs to be sufficiently

small to be accommodated in the available ceiling space and it should also allow

for easy adjustment of frequency for tuning.

Given the above mentioned limitations, an alternative concept for a simple and

cost effective TMD specifically for floor vibrations with small displacements is

required.

Page 91: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

72

3. Viscoelastic Damper

3.1. IntroductionThis chapter discusses the development of a new viscoelastic tuned mass damper

and the prediction of its dynamic properties (i.e stiffness, modal mass and

damping ratio) using an approximate analytical model. The analytical model is to

take into account the factors which may affect the behaviour of the damper

including boundary conditions, material properties and geometric parameters.

In order to assess the concept of the viscoelastic damper, prototypes were

developed and tested. The results from the tests were used to validate the

analytical model and were also used for benchmarking against Finite Element

(FE) analysis.

3.2. Damping Using Viscoelastic MaterialsThe use of viscoelastic materials in reducing the effect of vibrations is common in

mechanical engineering applications especially in machine vibrations. Recently it

also became a solution for floor vibrations. Indeed an effective way to increase

damping and reduce transient and steady state vibration is to add a layer of

viscoelastic material, such as rubber as shown in Figure 3-1. The combined

system would have a higher damping level and thus reduces unwanted vibration

(Inman 1996).

Embedded viscoelastic materials (VEM) offer the advantage of reducing

vibrations over a broad range of frequencies compared with TMDs which work

optimally only for a specific mode of vibration. Use of VEMs is a cheap method

of increasing the damping if incorporated during construction (Ljunggren 2006 ;

Ljunggren & Ågren 2002).

Page 92: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

73

An example of viscoelastic damping is the Resotec system, which is illustrated in

Figure 3-1. This product comprises a thin layer of high damping viscoelastic

material with an overall thickness of about 3 mm. Resotec is sandwiched between

the top flange of the floor steel beams and concrete slab for a proportion of the

beam near each end where the shear stresses are the greatest. It is reported as

shown in Figure 3-2 that the damping of a fitted out floor is typically doubled by

the incorporation of Resotec (Willford et al. 2006). However, this product needs

to be incorporated within the floor during construction and is not suitable as a

rectification measure.

Figure 3-1 Resotec product installation (Willford et al. 2006)

Page 93: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

74

Figure 3-2 Performance of resotec product (Willford et al. 2006)

3.3. The Concept of New Viscoelastic DamperThe mass-spring conventional viscous TMD system consists of three elements; a

mass (m), a spring (k) and a dashpot (c). The proposed TMD to replace the

conventional viscous TMD is in a cantilever beam form as illustrated in Figure

3-3. It consists of a viscoelastic material sandwiched between two constraining

layers. The dynamic properties of the sandwich beam (i.e. damping coefficient,

modal stiffness and modal mass) are required to be calculated in order to optimise

it for a given floor. The three key elements (m, k and c) of the viscoelastic damper

are highly dependent on the geometry of the damper, the dynamic properties of

the rubber and the properties of constraining layers. The overall damping mainly

comes from the viscoelastic materials, which replaces the damping element

(dashpot) in viscous dampers. The damping coefficient of the viscoelastic damper

depends on the dissipation loss factor of the rubber used. In this composite

sandwich beam, the viscoelastic material experiences considerable shear strain as

it bends, dissipating energy and attenuating vibration response (Mace 1994). The

flexural stiffness of the cantilever beam is acting as the spring element in the

typical viscous damper and it is highly dependent on the geometry of the

Page 94: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

75

sandwich beam, constraining layer material and the stiffness of the rubber. The

end mass and the modal mass of the cantilever beam represent the mass of the

damper.

Figure 3-3 Viscoelastic damper compared with viscous damper

The proposed damper can be installed within false ceilings as illustrated in Figure

3-4a. The proposed damper can also be housed within false floors as shown in

Figure 3-4b. To install the proposed damper within a very tight space it can be

scaled down to the required size and used in a multiple arrangement.

Figure 3-4 Proposed viscoelastic damper installed within false ceilings and false floors

Page 95: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

76

3.4. Development of Analytical ModelThe simplest form of a viscoelastic mechanical damper as described earlier is a

constrained viscoelastic layer in a beam. There are many factors which affect the

damping performance of viscoelastic materials in sandwich beams including

material type, thickness, temperature and bonding. The viscoelastic damper

proposed in this research is for internal use so variation in the temperature is not

significant. Consequently, the variation in the dynamic properties of the

viscoleastic damper due to the variation in the temperature is negligible. The resin

used for bonding the layers can be easily selected so that it has minimal slip at the

interfaces of the layers. Hence the two main remaining factors to be taken into

account for the design of the damper are the viscoelastic material type and

thickness.

In order for the viscoelastic sandwich beam (as shown in Figure 3-5) to be used as

a damper, its natural frequency and damping ratio need to be estimated. There are

two methods for obtaining a solution, namely, an exact solution and an

approximate method as discussed below.

Figure 3-5 Typical sandwich beam

Page 96: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

77

The equation of motion for the sandwich beams was considered by a number of

researchers. Kerwin (1959) analysed the three layer system and derived an

expression for flexural stiffness of the sandwich beams. DiTaranto (1965) derived

a sixth order differential equation governing the motion of the sandwich beams. In

contrast, Equation (3-1) was derived by Mead & Markus (1969) for a sandwich

beam with arbitrary boundary conditions subjected to forced vibration. The

solution of Equation (3-1) is complex as it involves solving a sixth order

differential equation. This solution can be complicated further by other loading

configurations such as the addition of an end mass to the tip of a sandwich

cantilever. Classical exact solutions are discussed by Mead (2007) and Mead &

Markus (1969);

01111 2

jg

DAjYjg n

iin

tnn

ivn

vin 3-1

where

= mode shape function;

n = mode number;

g= shear parameter;

= viscoelatic material loss factor;

Y = geometric parameter;

= circular natural frequency;

= overall disipation loss factor;

= mass density;

A = cross-sectional area of the beam;

tD = flexural rigidity of the constraining layers; and

1j .

Equation (3-1) is based on the following realistic assumptions related to the

behaviour of the damper:

Page 97: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

78

(i) the viscoelastic core resists shear stress but not direct flexural stress;

(ii) shear strains in the constraining plates are negligible;

(iii) transverse strains in the core and constraining plates are negligible; and

(iv) no slip occurs at the interfaces of the core and constraining plates.

3.5. Approximate Analytical MethodAn approximate analytical method developed by Mead (1982) is utilised to solve

Equation (3-1) for the viscoelastic sandwich beam. The flexural rigidity ( totalEI )( )

and the overall dissipation loss factor of the viscoelastic damper ( ) are estimated

based on the dissipation loss factor of the viscoelastic material ( ), thickness of

viscoelastic layer, geometric parameter (Y) and Young’s moduli of the top and

bottom plates constraining the viscoelastic material. This method can be applied

to any sandwich beam configuration such as simply supported or cantilever

beams.

The flexural rigidity ( totalEI )( ) of the viscoelastic sandwich beam can be

calculated using Equation (3-2) (Mead 1982);

331122

2

)1('21))1(1(1)( IEIE

gggYgEI total

3-2

where

= the dissipation loss factor of the rubber;

Y = the geometric parameter to be calculated using Equation (3-3);

g = the shear parameter to be calculated using Equation (3-4);

1E = the modulus of elasticity of the top constraining plate;

3E = the modulus of elasticity of the bottom constraining plate;

1I = the moment of inertia of the top constraining plate about its neutral axis; and

3I = the moment of inertia of the bottom constraining plate about its neutral axis.

Page 98: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

79

The geometric parameter (Y ) is calculated using Equation (3-3);

))(())((

33113311

23311

IEIEAEAEdAEAEY

3-3

where

1A = the cross-sectional area of the top constraining plate;

3A = the cross-sectional area of the bottom constraining plate; and

d = the distance between top and bottom constraining plate centroids.

The shear parameter ( g ) is calculated using Equation (3-4);

33112

2

11AEAEKh

GbgB

3-4

where

G = the shear modulus of the rubber;

b = the width of the sandwich beam;

2h = the thickness of the viscoelastic core; and

BK = the wave number of the sandwich beam.

The performance of a tuned mass damper (TMD) is highly dependent on damper

properties in terms of the damper modal mass ( 2m ), damper natural frequency

( 2f ) and the damping ratio of the damper ( 2 ). Therefore, the damper should

satisfy the optimum properties as discussed in Section 2.6.1 to attain the

maximum reduction of vibration of the primary system.

The properties of conventional viscous dampers can be controlled by selecting

separate mass, spring and dashpot. This approach is not applicable for the

proposed viscoelastic damper as the three properties are interrelated. The stiffness

and the overall damping of the proposed viscoelastic damper need to be

Page 99: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

80

determined in order to satisfy Equations (2-39) and (2-40). The closed form

solution for Equation (3-1) to obtain the stiffness and the damping ratio of the

proposed damper is quite complex. As the alternative method is approximate,

therefore an error is expected in the frequency and the damping of the viscoelastic

damper. The accuracy of this approximate method in calculating the natural

frequency and the damping ratio of the viscoelastic damper are to be assessed

experimentally using prototype dampers. In addition to the experimental values,

the approximate method values of the natural frequency and damping ratio are

compared with FE results of a model of the viscoelastic damper.

3.6. Design of Proposed Viscoelastic DamperThe proposed viscoelastic damper consists of two constraining metal plates

bonded together with high damping rubber as illustrated in Figure 3-5. A simple

procedure for designing an optimum damper is outlined below. This procedure

determines the dynamic properties of a viscoelastic damper using the approximate

mathematical solution. The procedure is summarised as follows;

(i) Determine the basic dynamic properties of the primary system (floor) to be

retrofitted with a damper (i.e. 1f , 1 and 1m for an equivalent SDOF

system). These properties are to be based on the as built conditions of the

floor. This assures that the developed damper will suppress a specific

mode of vibration of the floor.

(ii) Determine a suitable mass ratio ( ) (Equation (2-38)) for the damper

based on given physical limitations and the required reduction in the

response of the primary system. A mass ratio of 1% to 2% is practical in

most cases.

(iii) The optimum natural frequency of the TMD, 2f , can be calculated

according to the specified mass ratio using Equation (2-39).

(iv) The optimum damping ratio of the TMD ( 2 ) can now be calculated

Page 100: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

81

according to the specified mass ratio using Equation (2-40).

(v) Trial dimensions for the damper can be proposed to suit any physical

limitations (i.e. 1h , 2h , 3h , L and b as illustrated in Figure 3-5). In

addition, the material properties for the constraining layers and

viscoelastic material (rubber) need to be specified ( 1E & 3E for the

constraining layers and & G for the viscoelastic material). For

simplicity the top and bottom layers can be of the same material (i.e. 1E =

3E ).

(vi) Calculate the overall flexural rigidity totalEI )( of the sandwich beam

without an end mass using Equations (3-2 - 3-4).

The wave number ( BK ) for a cantilever sandwich beam without an end

mass can be calculated using Equation (3-5) (Inman 1996);

LKB

875.1 3-5

where L is the length of the viscoelastic cantilever beam.

(vii) Calculate the natural frequency of the damper with an end mass using

Equation (3-6);

2

22 2

1mkf

3-6

where

2k = the modal stiffness of the cantilever beam; and

2m = the modal mass of the cantilever beam.

Page 101: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

82

For the cantilever beam, the modal stiffness of the beam ( 2k ) can be

obtained from Equation (3-7);

32)(3

LEIk total 3-7

where

totalEI )( = the flexural rigidity obtained from Equation (3-2); and

L = the length of the viscoelastic cantilever beam.

The modal mass of a uniform viscoelastic cantilever beam with an end

mass can be calculated from Equation (3-8) (Buchholdt 1997);

endmALm 14033

2 3-8

where

= mass density of the sandwich beam;

A = overall cross-sectional area of the sandwich beam; and

endm = end mass at the tip of the cantilever sandwich beam.

As the correct damper frequency is critical in reducing the floor vibrations,

the end mass can be used to fine tune the damper frequency.

(viii) Calculate the overall dissipation loss factor and then the estimated

damping ratio ( 2 ) of the damper using Equation (3-9) (Mead 1982);

)1)(1()2(12 222

YgYgYg

ee

e 3-9

where

Y = geometric parameter obtained from Equation (3-3); and

Page 102: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

83

eg= shear parameter for the cantilever sandwich beam with end mass.

Equation (3-4) needs to be modified to consider the effect of the added end

mass on the natural frequency of the system. Consequently, the wave

number value of the system is altered because it is proportional to the

frequency as shown in Equation (3-10) (Mead 1982 ; Nashif 1985);

totalB EI

AfK)(

2 22 3-10

Substitution of Equation (3-10) into the Equation (3-4) yields the

expression in Equation (3-11);

)11()(2 331122 AEAEA

EIfh

Gbg totale

3-11

This procedure is required to be repeated by altering the material and dimensions

of the viscoelastic damper until the optimum damper properties are achieved.

One of the main factors that affect the performance of a viscoelastic damper is the

rubber dissipation loss factor ( ). This material property needs to be established

for the type of rubber to be used. The determination of this property is discussed

in the following section.

3.7. Determination of Viscoelastic Material PropertiesIn order to design a viscoelastic TMD, the material properties for the viscoelastic

material (rubber) need to be identified ( & G ). Many types of commercially

available rubbers do not have adequate technical specifications concerning their

material properties and consequently it becomes necessary to undertake specific

tests on the acquired rubber to determine the shear modulus ( G ) and the

dissipation loss factor ( ). This can be achieved using one of two types of tests:

Page 103: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

84

(i) direct measurements using a Dynamic Mechanical Analyser (DMA)

(DMA2980 2002 ; Menard 2008); and

(ii) back calculation from experimental results performed on a prototype

damper.

These two methods were both utilised to find the properties of the rubber used in

developing the viscoelastic cantilever damper in this research and are discussed

below.

3.7.1. Dynamic Mechanical Analyser (DMA)Dynamic mechanical analysis is a testing technique that measures the mechanical

properties of materials as a function of time, temperature and frequency. In DMA

testing, a small deformation is applied to a sample in a cyclic manner with the

measured response providing information on the stiffness and damping properties

for the material. The setting used for this research is the dual cantilever clamp

mode (as shown in Figure 3-6) which is used to analyse weak to moderately stiff

samples such as rubber. In this setup, the sample is rigidly clamped using the

clamping jaws with the exterior jaws acting as fixed supports to the ends of

sample while the centre clamping jaw moves up and down to excite the sample to

the desired amplitude and frequency. Two methods of DMA tests can be used to

determine the properties of rubber. They are a frequency sweep mode and strain

sweep mode (DMA2980 2002).

The testing performed by this machine separates the viscoelastic response of

material into the two components of the complex value of modulus ( *E ): the real

part corresponds to the elastic modulus ( E ) and the imaginary part refers to the

damping or loss component ( E ). The standard complex variable notation is

defined by Equation (3-12) (Nashif 1985);

EEE * 3-12

Page 104: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

85

The separation of the measurement into the two components describes the two

independent processes within the materials-elasticity (energy storage) and

damping (energy dissipation). This is the fundamental feature of dynamic

mechanical analysis that distinguishes it from other mechanical testing techniques.

The loss tangent ( )(Tan ) represents the dissipation loss factor of the rubber ( )

and is calculated using Equation (3-15).

EE)(Tan

3-13

Figure 3-6 The DMA machine with dual cantilever clamp mode (DMA2980 2002)

Page 105: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

86

For the rubber used in developing the damper, three samples measuring 35 x 10.8

x 5.2 mm were tested. The DMA uses the term “Tan Delta” for the dissipation

loss factor ( ) while the term “Storage Modulus” refers to the stress/strain ratio

( E ) of the rubber. The average measured loss factor ( ) was found to be 0.12

and the average measured shear modulus ( G ) was 690 kPa based on the

assumption that ( GE 3 ) for elastomeric materials (Nashif 1985).

In the frequency sweep test as illustrated in Figure 3-7, the dissipation loss factor

and the storage modulus of the sample do not significantly change due to the

variation in the frequency although a slight increase in the storage modulus when

the frequency increases can be observed. On the other hand, the dissipation loss

factor and storage modulus are significantly changed due to the variation in the

strain amplitude for the strain sweep test with a constant excitation frequency (10

Hz for this test) as illustrated in Figure 3-8. The dissipation loss factor increases

when the strain amplitude increases while the storage modulus decreases when the

strain amplitude increases.

Figure 3-7 Example of the DMA test result for a rubber sample using the frequency sweep

Page 106: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

87

Figure 3-8 Example of the DMA test results for rubber samples using the strain sweep

Generally, the dissipation loss factor and storage modulus of rubber depend on the

variation in the excitation frequency and the corresponding strain amplitude. The

proposed viscoelastic damper would be tuned to a particular frequency hence the

variation in the dissipation loss factor and storage modulus of the rubber due to

the variation in the frequency is negligible. Since the energy transmitted to the

damper from a floor is relatively low, the variation in the rubber strain at

resonance is also low and hence the dissipation loss factor and storage modulus do

not significantly change.

3.7.2. Back Calculation from Prototype TestingThe rubber dissipation loss factor ( ) can be back calculated from vibration tests

if access to a Dynamic Mechanical Analyser is not available. This method

requires construction of a prototype sandwich beam damper with the selected

rubber. The prototype is then tested to obtain the overall damping ratio of the

damper ( 2 ) and the total flexural rigidity ( totalEI )( ) from basic vibration testing.

The damper needs to be fixed at one end and is dynamically excited by either

mechanical exciter or using a pluck test. The resulting vibration response needs to

Page 107: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

88

be measured using either attached displacement transducer (LVDT) or an

accelerometer. A better alternative if available, could be a non-contact sensor to

measure the vibration of damper. These two measured properties along with the

geometric parameters and other material properties of the damper are substituted

into Equations (3-2 - 3-4) to back calculate the ( ) and ( G ) values of the rubber.

The flexural rigidity ( totalEI )( ) can be obtained from the measured natural

frequency using Equations (3-6 - 3-8).

The damping ratio ( 2 ) of the viscoelastic beam can be estimated from the time

domain of the excited viscoelastic beam using the Logarithmic Decrement

Method (LDM) or Half-Power Bandwidth (HPB) method in the frequency

domain. Once the ( totalEI )( ) and ( 2 ) of the viscoelastic beam are obtained, the

procedure described in Section 3.6 is used to back calculate the ( G ) and ( ) of

the rubber.

The accuracy of back calculation method compared to the DMA test in

determining the shear modulus and the loss factor is investigated using prototype

dampers as presented in the following section.

3.8. Validation of Analytical Model Using Prototype DampersAlthough the natural frequency of the viscoelastic damper can be fine tuned by

the added end mass, the mass ratio has to be maintained in order to satisfy the

required mass ratio in Equation (2-38) and the corresponding optimum damping

ratio (Equation (2-40)). The mass of the damper ( 2m ) determines the separation

between the two new frequencies ( ''& 21 ff in Figure 2-24) which are created by

the damper. This would normally increase the effectiveness of the damper over a

broader range of frequencies and also decreases the vibration level of the primary

system. In addition, sometimes there is a structural or space limitations with added

mass, so the tuning of the damper by the added mass becomes impractical.

Therefore, it is important to calculate the stiffness of damper and hence the

corresponding natural frequency as accurately as possible to avoid the need for

Page 108: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

89

extensive testing. It should be noted that a large end mass may interfere with

space limitations whilst a low end mass will decrease the performance of the

damper. Hence, it is necessary to know the accuracy of the values obtained from

the approximate method and their effect on the performance of the viscoelastic

damper.

3.8.1. Validation of Analytical Model Using Physical TestingTwo prototypes of cantilever sandwich beams were constructed to examine the

damper concept and to experimentally validate the approximate analytical method

presented earlier. A prototype of viscoelastic cantilever damper referred here as

“Prototype 1” of length 500 mm was constructed for two configurations, normally

without and with an end mass as shown in Figure 3-9. The constraining layers of

the Prototype 1 were 1 mm thick steel plates, the rubber core of 12 mm thick and

the prototype width of 25 mm. The rubber dissipation loss factor and shear

modulus were obtained using a Dynamic Mechanical Analyser (DMA) machine

discussed in Section 3.7. The damper was fixed at one end to a rigid support and

subjected to pluck tests. A non-contact sensor was set to measure the time domain

response of the excited viscoelastic cantilever beam.

Figure 3-9 Prototype 1 vibrational test using non-contact accelerometer

Table 3-1 shows the details of dampers along with their predicted fundamental

frequency and damping ratio. The natural frequencies for the Prototype 1

configurations without and with an end mass were extracted from recorded time

Page 109: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

90

histories from the pluck tests using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) analysis. The

values of natural frequencies for the Prototype 1 without and with an end mass

were about 11.4 Hz and 4.2 Hz, respectively. These values of natural frequencies

were in good agreement with the values obtained from the analytical model

particularly for the damper with an end mass as it can be seen in Table 3-1. The

error between experimental and predicted natural frequency values were about

10% for the prototype without an end mass while the frequency values were in

excellent agreement for the prototype with an end mass.

The time histories obtained from pluck tests for Prototype 1 with and without an

end mass were filtered and normalised to unity accelerations as illustrated in

Figure 3-10. The normalised trace makes it easy to compare the response decay of

both cases (i.e. damper without and with an end mass). The damping ratios were

calculated using the log decay method. The plotted data revealed that damping

ratio for the Prototype 1 without an end mass was about 5.6% and it was about

5.7% for the damper with an end mass.

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2-1

-0.5

0

0.5

1

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n R

espo

nse

(m/s

2 )

Prototype 1 without end massPrototype 1 with end mass

= 5.6%

= 5.7%

Figure 3-10 Time history for the Prototype 1 without and with an end mass

The experimental values of damping ratio of the damper configurations without

and with an end mass were in good agreement with the values obtained from the

analytical model. The error between experimental and predicted damping ratio

Page 110: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

91

values were about 2% for the prototype without an end mass while the error was

about 9% for the prototype with an end mass.

In order to increase the confidence level in the predicted values of the natural

frequency and damping ratio from the analytical model, another prototype damper

was built and tested. “Prototype 2” was of a length 750 mm with constraining

layers of 1 mm thick steel plates, a rubber core of 32 mm thick and a damper width

of 25 mm as summarised in Table 3-1. The rubber used in this prototype was the

same as for prototype 1. For the damper configuration without and with end mass,

Prototype 2 was subjected to pluck tests to obtain its natural frequency and

damping ratio.

The measured values of the frequency for the damper without and with an end

mass were 10.1 Hz and 5.6 Hz, respectively. The normalised time domain to unity

acceleration responses due to the pluck test for the prototype damper without and

with end mass are shown in Figure 3-11. The damping ratio values for the

prototype damper without and with an end mass were 5.6% and 6.7%,

respectively.

The experimental values of natural frequencies and damping ratios were in good

agreement with predicted values obtained from approximate analytical method.

The difference between the analytical method and experimental values for the

natural frequencies of the Prototype 2 without an end was about 5% while it was

about 11% for the prototype with an end mass. For the damping ratio values, the

difference between the experimental and analytical method was about 3% for the

prototype without an end mass whereas the value was about 16% for the prototype

with an end mass.

Page 111: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

92

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2-1

-0.5

0

0.5

1

Time(s)

Acc

eler

atio

n R

espo

nse

(m/s

2 )

Prototype 2 without end massPrototype 2 with end mass

= 6.7%

= 5.6%

Figure 3-11 Time history for the Prototype 2 without and with an end mass

The values of natural frequencies and damping ratios of the prototypes without an

end mass were also utilised to calculate the shear modulus ( G ) and dissipation

loss factor ( ) of the rubber using the back calculation method described in

Section 3.7.2. As a comparison, based on this back calculation method the

estimated average values of (G ) and ( ) of the rubber were found to be 640 kPa

and 0.10 respectively which were in very good agreement with the values of 690

kPa and 0.12 obtained from the DMA test.

It should be noted that the dissipation loss factor of the rubber ( ) is the factor

that determines the upper limit of overall dissipation loss factor ( ) of the

composite system. In other words, the ( ) value ( 2 ) of the composite system

can not exceed the ( ) value of the rubber (Mead 1982 ; Nashif 1985).

3.8.2. Validation of Analytical Model Using FE AnalysisThe prototype dampers detailed in Table 3-1 were modelled in finite element (FE)

program using commercially available software package ANSYS. The aim of this

analysis was to further validate the values of natural frequency and damping ratio

obtained from the analytical model and demonstrate the applicability of the FE

analysis for modelling the new viscoelastic damper.

Page 112: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

93

The constraining layers and rubber core of the prototype dampers were modelled

with solid elements. The constraining layers were assumed to be linear elastic,

while the rubber layer was assumed to be hyperelastic. The rubber was modelled

as an elastomer (Neo-Hookean) with rubber dynamic properties of shear modulus

(G = 690 kPa), a dissipation loss factor ( = 0.12) and a rubber Poisson’s ratio

( = 0.3). The added end mass to the tip of the cantilever viscoelastic damper was

taken to be structural mass element (Mass21). The damping was modelled in

ANSYS for each material as a constant stiffness multiplier (Damp) using

Equation (3-14) (Thorby 2008);

kmm 212 3-14

where

= damping ratio of the material;

= natural frequency of the prototype damper in radians/sec;

m = modal mass of the prototype damper;

k = modal stiffness of the prototype damper;

1 = mass multiplier; and

2 = stiffness multiplier.

For simplicity, and to comply with ANSYS input requirements the mass

multiplier can be eliminated from Equation (3-14) and the resulting expression

would be in the form of Equation (3-15);

f 2 3-15

where f is the fundamental frequency of the damper in Hz.

The constraining layers and rubber core dimensions of the counterpart viscoelastic

damper were modelled in ANSYS according to the damper geometry

Page 113: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

94

demonstrated in Table 3-1. The geometry, meshing and fixity of the prototype

dampers are illustrated in Figure 3-12. In this FE model of the viscoelastic

damper, the rubber layer was assumed to be fully bonded to the steel constraining

layers. This means, as in the analytical model assumptions, there is no slip

between the interfaces of the viscoelastic and constraining layers. This can be

achieved in ANSYS by preventing all the relative translations and rotations

between the interfaces of the rubber and constraining layers (at the coincident

nodes).

Figure 3-12 FE model of the prototype damper

A harmonic analysis was conducted to obtain the natural frequency plot of

Prototype 1 and its damping ratio. The prototype was subjected to a unit harmonic

force of 1 N applied at the tip of the damper. The natural frequency of the damper

was found to decrease from 11.8 Hz for the prototype without an end mass to 4.6

Hz for the prototype with an end mass as illustrated in Figure 3-13. The

corresponding damping ratio obtained from harmonic analysis using the Half-

Power Bandwidth (HPB) method were about 5% for the prototype without an end

mass and 5.3% for the prototype with an end mass as shown in Figure 3-13.

Page 114: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

95

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 180

2

4

6

8

10

12

Frequency (Hz)

Res

pons

e (m

m)

Prototype 1 without end massPrototype 1 with end mass

= 5.0%

= 5.3%

Figure 3-13 Response of the Prototype 1 without and with an end mass using FE harmonic

analysis

In order to obtain the response of the prototype damper in the time domain, a

transient dynamic analysis was performed. The prototype damper was subjected

to an initial displacement of 5 mm at the tip of the damper and then released to

vibrate freely. The resulting values of damping ratios of the prototype damper for

the configuration of without and with an end mass using the log decay method

were 5.2% and 5.5%, respectively, as illustrated in Figure 3-14 and summarised in

Table 3-1.

The values of damping ratios for the Prototype 1 obtained from transient analysis

were in good agreement with the values obtained from harmonic analysis with an

error of about 4% for both cases without and with an end mass.

Page 115: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

96

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2-5

0

5

Time (s)

Dis

plac

emen

t (m

m)

Prototype 1 without end massPrototype 1 with end mass = 5.2%

= 5.5%

Figure 3-14 Time history for Prototype 1 without and with an end mass using FE transient

analysis

Similarly, Prototype 2 was modelled using FE and the results for the harmonic

and transient analyses for the damper without and with an end mass are plotted in

Figures 3-15 and 3-16) and summarised in Table 3-1. The values of damping

ratios obtained from harmonic analysis were in excellent agreement with values

obtained from transient analysis with a percentage error of about 2%.

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 180

1

2

3

4

5

6

Frequency (Hz)

Res

pons

e (m

m)

Prototype 2 without end massPrototype 2 with end mass

= 5.6%

= 5.4%

Figure 3-15 Response of Prototype 2 without and with an end mass using FE harmonic

analysis

Page 116: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

97

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2-5

-4

-3

-2

-1

0

1

2

3

4

5

Time (s)

Dis

plac

emen

t (m

m)

Prototype 2 without end massPrototype 2 with end mass

= 5.7%

= 5.5%

Figure 3-16 Time history for Prototype 2 without and with an end mass using FE transient

analysis

Table 3-1 summarises the values of natural frequencies and damping ratios

obtained from the analytical model, FE analyses and experimental tests for the

two prototype dampers. The FE results for both frequency and damping were in

good agreement with the analytical and experimental results. This indicates that

the approximate analytical method for determining the damper properties could be

used with an acceptable level of confidence. Furthermore, FE models can also be

utilised for determining damper properties with good accuracy.

It can be seen from Table 3-1 that the predicted values of the natural frequency

and damping ratio obtained from approximate analytical model agree well with

the experimental and FE values. The difference between the analytical model and

FE values for the natural frequencies was in the range of 5% - 11% while it is in

the range of 1% - 12% with experimental values. The difference between the

analytical model values and FE values for the damping ratios was in the range of

2% - 9% while it is in the range of 2% - 16% with experimental values. The

difference is larger for the cases with end mass due to the greater approximation

for the wave number ( BK ) in Equation (3-10).

Page 117: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

98

Table 3-1 Analytical model, FE analysis and experimental results for prototype dampers 1 &

2 without and with an end mass

Prototype

damper

No.

Dimensions (mm)End

mass

Analytical

modelFE analysis

Experimental

results

1h 2h 3h b L kgf

(Hz)

(%)

f

(Hz)

(%) f

(Hz)

(%)LDM HPB

1 1 12 1 25 5000 12.7 5.5 11.8 5.2 5.0 11.4 5.6

0.545 4.2 5.2 4.6 5.5 5.2 4.2 5.7

2 1 32 1 25 7500 10.6 5.8 9.3 5.5 5.4 10.1 5.6

0.545 4.9 5.6 5.2 5.7 5.6 5.5 6.7

Refer to Figure 3-5 for damper dimensions.

f = damper natural frequency.

= damper damping ratio

LDM = logarithmic decrement method to calculate damping ratio in time domain.

HBP = half-power bandwidth method to calculate damping ratio in frequency domain.

The analytical and FE models are generally overestimating the natural frequency

values compared with the experimental results while the values of damping ratio

obtained from the three methods were comparable. On the other hand, the

analytical and FE models are generally underestimating the natural frequency and

damping ratio values for the prototype dampers with an end mass compared with

experimental results.

3.9. Concluding RemarksA new viscoelastic damper based on a sandwich beam concept was presented.

This damper would take the form of a cantilever beam and can be attached to the

top or soffit of vibrating floors. When the damper is used as a TMD, the cantilever

would vibrate with the floor and the vibration energy would be dissipated through

stressing of the sandwiched rubber layer.

An analytical model based on an approximate solution of the equation of motion

of a sandwich beam is presented. This method allows the dynamic properties of a

sandwich beam (i.e. natural frequency and damping ratio) to be calculated based

on basic input of material properties and geometric configuration.

Page 118: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

99

Two of the key properties for the analytical model are the shear modulus ( G ) and

dissipation loss factor ( ) for the rubber. As there are many types of rubbers

available commercially which do not normally come with adequate technical data,

the G and need to be obtained experimentally. These values can be obtained

using a dynamic mechanical analyser (DMA) or using back calculation from a

prototype testing. Three identical samples of a commercial rubber were used to

obtain average values of the shear modulus and dissipation loss factor of the

rubber used in this research. Two prototypes of cantilever sandwich beams with

same constraining layers and rubber material properties but different dimensions

were developed for the back calculation method. The dampers were tested for the

configurations of without and with an end mass. The values of shear modulus and

dissipation loss factor obtained from the back calculation method were in good

agreement with values obtained from DMA tests. This indicates that the back

calculation method can be used to obtain the shear modulus and dissipation loss

factor of the rubber with a reasonable confidence if a DMA testing machine is not

available.

The two prototype dampers were also utilised to experimentally validate the

analytical model. The prototypes were fixed at one end to a rigid support and

subjected to pluck tests. A non-contact sensor was set to measure the time domain

response of the excited viscoelastic cantilever beam. Using the recorded response

time history, the damping ratio was calculated using the log decay method while

the natural frequency was obtained from Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) analysis.

The prototype dampers were also modelled in ANSYS software to obtain the

natural frequency and overall damping ratio of the dampers and compare them

with the analytical and experimental values. It was found that the values of natural

frequencies and damping ratios obtained from analytical models, FE analyses and

experimental tested were in good agreement. The difference between the

analytical model and FE values for the natural frequencies was in the range of 5%

- 11% and in the range of 1% - 12% with experimental values. The difference

between the analytical model values and FE values for the damping ratios was in

Page 119: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

100

the range of 2% - 9% and in the range of 2% - 16% with experimental values.

Given the reasonable level of accuracy of the prediction from the analytical model

combined with its simplicity, it is considered to be sufficient and reliable for the

design of the new viscoelastic damper. Therefore, this analytical model will be

used for the remainder of this thesis to predict the damping ratio and natural

frequency of the various viscoelastic dampers developed throughout the research.

The application of the new viscoelastic damper in reducing the level of vibration

in retrofitted structures will be discussed in the next chapter. The sensitivity of the

primary system response to variations in the natural frequency, damping ratio and

location of the new damper are also covered in the following chapter.

Page 120: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

101

4. Performance of Viscoelastic Dampers

4.1. IntroductionThis chapter discusses the effectiveness of the viscoelastic damper in reducing the

level of vibration of floors. Two case studies to investigate the performance of the

new TMD are presented in this chapter. A case study of a small size viscoelastic

damper prototype was developed to reduce the level of vibration of a steel beam.

The second case study was to examine the new TMD further on a larger size

structure with higher damping ratio subjected to human induced excitation such as

heel drop and walking excitations. Furthermore, the predicted values of reduction

in the level of vibration for the two beams were compared with FE and

experimental test results. A sensitivity analysis covering factors such as variation

in the damper natural frequency, damper damping ratio and the departure of

damper from the location of maximum response (anti-node) was also performed

with the results presented herein.

4.2. Case Study 1 – Steel BeamA steel beam measuring 3000 mm long, 100 mm wide and 25 mm thick was used

to assess the effectiveness of the proposed viscoelastic tuned mass damper in

reducing vibrations. In order to predict the response of the steel beam, its dynamic

properties including modal mass ( 1m ), modal stiffness ( 1k ) and damping ratio

( 1 ) are required. The predicted modal mass ( 1m ) for the simply supported beam

can be calculated from Equation (4-1) (Buchholdt 1997);

21ALm

4-1

where

= mass density of the beam;

Page 121: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

102

A = cross-sectional area of the beam; and

L = length of the beam.

The stiffness ( 1k ) of the simply supported beam can be calculated using Equation

(4-2) (Buchholdt 1997);

3148

LEIk 4-2

where

E = Young modulus of the steel; and

I = moment of inertia of the beam.

The natural frequency of the beam can then be calculated from Equation (4-3);

1

11 2

1mkf

4-3

Using Equations (4-1 - 4-3) with a mass density of 7,850 3m/kg and Young’s

modulus of 200,000 MPa for the steel beam, yields 1m = 29.67 kg , 1k = 47.4

m/kN and 1f = 6.4 Hz.

4.2.1. Measurement of the Steel Beam Dynamic PropertiesTo obtain the dynamic properties of the steel beam experimentally, it was

subjected to pluck tests. The middle of the beam was initially displaced and then

released with free vibration recorded using an accelerometer. The normalised time

history of the steel beam response due to the pluck test is shown in Figure 4-1.

The estimated value of damping ratio obtained from the time history using the log

decay method was about 0.3%.

Page 122: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

103

0 5 10 15 20 25 30-1

-0.5

0

0.5

1

Time (s)

Res

pons

e (m

m)

= 0.3%

Figure 4-1 Normalised steel beam response due to the pluck test

The natural frequency of the steel beam was also measured experimentally by

transferring the time history into the frequency domain using the Fast Fourier

Transform (FFT) technique. It was found that the measured natural frequency of

the steel beam was about 6.3 Hz as illustrated in Figure 4-2, which is in excellent

agreement with the predicted value of about 6.4 Hz as described in Section 4.2.

5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5Frequency (Hz)

Mag

nitu

de fn= 6.3 Hz

Figure 4-2 The measured natural frequency of the steel beam

Page 123: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

104

4.2.2. Prediction of Steel Beam Response without and withDamperIn order to assess the effectiveness of the new viscoelastic damper, the maximum

response of the beam without the damper was assessed. The beam was excited

using a harmonic force with a frequency range covering the natural frequency of

the beam. The damper was then attached to the beam and the response of the

retrofitted beam due to harmonic force obtained. The effectiveness of the damper

can be obtained from comparing the response of the retrofitted beam with the

response of the beam without the damper (i.e. the response of a SDOF compared

with the response of a two DOF system).

The idealised SDOF of the steel beam was subjected to a unit harmonic force

expressed in Equation (4-4);

)tsin(F)t(F 0 4-4

where

)t(F = excitation force;

0F = excitation force amplitude (1 N);

= excitation force frequency in radians/sec; and

t = time in seconds.

In order to match the SDOF frequency, the frequency of harmonic force was

swept for a frequency range of 5.0-7.5 Hz with frequency increment of 0.001 Hz.

The maximum response acceleration for the bare steel beam with 1m = 29.67 kg ,

1f = 6.4 Hz and 1 = 0.3% was found to be 5.6 2sm as shown in Figure 4-3.

The addition of the damper converts the bare steel beam into a two degree of

freedom system. To predict the effectiveness of the optimum damper in reducing

the level of vibration of the steel beam, the response of the two degree of freedom

system is required to be calculated. The equation of motion for a two degree of

Page 124: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

105

freedom system shown in Figure 2-23 can be expressed in Equation (4-5) (Thorby

2008);

00

0 1

2

1

22

221

2

1

22

221

2

1

2

1 )t(Fxx

kkkkk

xx

ccccc

xx

mm

4-5

where

1111 2 mkc ;

2222 2 mkc ;

1 = damping ratio of the primary system; and

2 = damping ratio of the damper.

To determine the response of a two DOF system, the equation of motion as

expressed in Equation (4-5) needs to be solved. The response acceleration of the

primary system 1X can be found by solving Equation (4-5) using the Mechanical

Impedance Method ( tieXx 11 , tieXx

22 and tieF)t(F 01 ), resulting in the

expression presented by Equation (4-6):

24

212

21221212122

2122121122

222

2222

202

1mmm4mkmkcckkmmcmckckc

c)mk(FX

4-6

where

0F = the excitation force amplitude; and

= the excitation force circular frequency and other parameters of the equation

are defined in Figure 2-23.

The addition of the damper to the primary structure creates two splitting

frequencies )'f'&f( 21 as shown in Figure 2-24. The two splitting frequencies can

be calculated using Equation (4-7) (Irvine 1986);

Page 125: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

106

21

21212

21221212212,1 2

4)()(21'

mmmmkkkkmkmkkmkm

f

4-7

The two DOF system resonates at both splitting frequencies and the maximum

acceleration of the primary system can be calculated using Equation (4-6) by

substituting either 'f12 or 'f22 as obtained from Equation (4-7)

whatever value of acceleration response is greater.

The two splitting frequencies were found to be 1f = 6 Hz and 2f = 6.6 Hz using

Equation (4-7). The retrofitted beam was subjected to the unit harmonic force

defined by Equation (4-4) to predict the maximum response acceleration of the

steel beam with the added damper. The frequency of harmonic force was swept

for the frequency range of 5.0-7.5 Hz with frequency increment of 0.001 Hz in

order to match the splitting frequencies. The maximum acceleration response for

the steel beam with attached damper was obtained using Equations (4-6) and (4-7)

and it was about 0.5 2sm as shown in Figure 4-3. The reduction factor in the steel

beam response due to the addition of the damper is the ratio of the beam without

the damper response to the retrofitted beam response and it was about 12.5.

5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.50

1

2

3

4

5

6

Frequency (Hz)

Bea

m A

ccel

erat

ion

Res

pons

e (m

/s2 )

Steel beam without damperSteel beam with damper

Figure 4-3 Prediction of steel beam response without and with damper due to 1 N harmonic

force using Equations (2-5) & (4-6)

Page 126: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

107

4.2.3. Development of Viscoelastic Damper for Steel BeamGiven that the dynamic properties of the steel beam were determined, the

viscoelastic damper could then be developed using the procedure outlined in

Section 3.6 to satisfy the optimum damper properties. The geometry and the

predicted dynamic properties of the viscoelastic damper for a 1% mass ratio

damper are listed in Table 4-1. The predicted properties of the viscoelastic

damper, i.e. natural frequency and damping ratio are based on the properties of the

available rubber with = 0.12 and G = 690 kPa. It should be noted that the

dissipation loss factor of the rubber used in the development of the damper is not

sufficient to provide the optimum damping ratio for the viscoelastic damper with

the given thickness, width and length of the rubber and constraining plates. The

optimum damping ratio of a damper with the 1% mass ratio using Equation (2-40)

was 6% whereas the calculated value using the analytical model to develop the

damper was 5.4%. A rubber with a higher dissipation loss factor would be needed

to increase the damping ratio of the damper.

Table 4-1 Viscoelastic damper properties for steel beam based on available rubber

Length ( L ) 500 mm

Width ( b ) 25 mm

Thickness of steel top constraining layer ( 1h ) 1 mm

Thickness of rubber ( 2h ) 12 mm

Thickness of steel bottom constraining layer ( 3h ) 1 mm

Mass density of rubber ( ) 550 3mkg

Dissipation loss factor of rubber ( ) 0.12

Rubber shear modulus 690 kPa

End mass ( endm ) 220 g

Natural frequency of damper ( 2f ) 6.3 Hz

Damping ratio ( 2 ) of damper 5.4 %

Page 127: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

108

4.2.4. Measurement of Steel Beam ResponseThe bare beam was experimentally tested with a harmonic excitation using a

rotating unbalanced mechanical shaker located at a distance of about one third of

the span from one of the ends as shown in Figure 4-4. A lightweight

accelerometer was attached to the beam at a distance of one third of the span from

the shaker to record the steel beam response. To obtain the maximum response of

the steel beam, the shaker frequency was tuned to match the fundamental

frequency of the steel beam. The maximum measured acceleration response of the

steel beam due to the shaker excitation was about 5.3 2sm as shown in Figure

4-6.

Figure 4-4 Viscoelastic damper attached to a vibrating steel beam

The damper was attached at the mid-span of the simply supported beam using a

rigid bracket as illustrated in Figure 4-5. Under normal conditions, the extra

bending moment due to the addition of the damper at the mid-span of the beam is

negligible because it just produces an additional moment of about 1% of the

bending moment produced by the primary system.

The retrofitted beam was experimentally tested with harmonic excitation using the

same mechanical shaker. The maximum response of the beam with the damper

due to the shaker excitation was about 0.46 2s/m . Figure 4-6 shows the

acceleration responses in the time domain for the bare and the retrofitted beam.

The response of the beam was reduced by a factor of 11.5, which is in good

agreement with predicted value of 12.5.

Page 128: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

109

Figure 4-5 Viscoelastic damper attached to the steel beam

The overall damping of the retrofitted system was estimated using a curve fitting

method in the frequency domain described by Haritos (2008) for both splitting

frequencies and the average damping value was found to be about 3%, which is a

significant increase from the original 0.3% damping.

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

-5

-2.5

0

2.5

5

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

Response of steel beam without damper

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

-2.5

-0.50.5

2.5

Time (s)

Response of steel beam with damper

Figure 4-6 Steel beam response without and with damper attached

Page 129: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

110

4.2.5. FE Modeling for the Steel BeamThe bare steel beam and retrofitted beam with the TMD were both modelled using

FE program (ANSYS). The steel beam was modelled in ANSYS using solid

elements and assumed to be linear elastic and the damping of the beam was

modelled using a constant stiffness multiplier as described in Section 3.8.2. Modal

analysis was performed for the bare beam in order to obtain the fundamental

natural frequency ( 1f ) and the corresponding mode shape ( 1 ). The fundamental

natural frequency of the simply supported steel beam obtained from the FE modal

analysis was about 6.4 Hz, which is in very good agreement with the predicted

and measured values. In addition, the modal mass ( 1m ) and the stiffness ( 1k ) of

the steel beam can be extracted from the modal analysis to compare them with

predicted values.

In ANSYS, the kinetic energy can be used to extract the modal mass from the

modal analysis. ANSYS normalises the mass, so the modal mass matrix is an

identity matrix and the modal stiffness matrix is a diagonal matrix of the 21

values, where is the circular natural frequency of each mode in radians/sec. In

FE, the model is meshed into an appropriate number of elements ( N ), and each

element has its own physical mass ( iM ) and modal mass ( im ). The modal mass of

each element ( im ) is a function of the mode shape and the physical mass of the

element as presented in Equation (4-8);

j,ij,iT

j,ij,i Mm 4-8

whereT

j,i = transpose mode shape value of the element;

j,i = mode shape value of the element;

i = element number; and

j = mode number.

Page 130: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

111

The total modal mass of the mode ( jm ) is the summation of all element modal

masses as expressed in Equation (4-9);

N

iij mm

14-9

With the mode shape normalised to unity, the kinetic energy ( kE ) of the steel

beam is a function of the modal mass ( jm ) and the mode circular frequency ( j )

and it can be calculated using Equation (4-10);

2

21

jjk mE 4-10

The kinetic energy for the fundamental mode of the steel beam ( 461 .f Hz)

obtained from the modal analysis using ANSYS was about 23,475 Joules.

Substitution of the kinetic energy value and the circular frequency of the

fundamental mode into Equation (4-10) yields the value of the modal mass of the

steel beam to be about 29 kg. This value of modal mass obtained from FE model

was in excellent agreement with the predicted value of (29 kg).

For simple beams and floor plates, the prediction of modal mass is straightforward

but for complex floors with irregular geometry where the general expressions to

calculate the modal mass do not exist, the FE methodology described above can

be easily adopted to obtain the modal mass. For simple structures such as the steel

beam under consideration, it is more convenient to use the general expressions to

calculate the modal mass.

In order to obtain the response of the steel beam using the FE model, the beam

with 0.3% damping ratio was subjected to a unit harmonic force at mid-span. The

maximum acceleration response obtained from a FE harmonic analysis for the

beam without the damper in the frequency domain was about 5.5 2sm as

Page 131: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

112

illustrated in Figure 4-7. A damper with properties demonstrated in Table 4-1 was

attached to the beam. The viscoelastic damper was modelled as an equivalent

viscous damper using a linear combination element spring-damper14

(COMBIN14), which is defined by a damper stiffness ( 2k ) and damping

coefficient ( 2c ). The mass of the damper was assumed to be a structural mass

element (Mass21). The FE harmonic analysis was performed using the same

harmonic force utilised for the beam without the damper. The FE harmonic

analysis revealed that the maximum acceleration response for the beam with

damper attached was about 0.5 2sm as shown in Figure 4-7. The addition of the

TMD reduced the response of the beam by a factor of 11. This reduction factor is

in good agreement with experimental results (11.5) and the predicted value (12.5).

5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.50

1

2

3

4

5

6

Frequency (Hz)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

Steel beam without damperSteel beam with damper

Figure 4-7 Response of the steel beam with and without damper attached in the frequency

domain using FE analysis

The response in the time domain of the steel beam without and with the damper

attached was also investigated using FE transient analysis. The maximum

acceleration response for the beam without the damper due to the force defined by

Equation (4-4) applied at the mid-span was about 5 2sm as illustrated in Figure

4-8. It can be seen from Figure 4-8 that the steel beam requires a long time to

reach the maximum acceleration response. This long time to reach the maximum

Page 132: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

113

response is because of the low damping ratio of the steel beam.

The time required to reach the steady state response ( aT ) can also be calculated by

substitution of Equation (2-17) into Equation (2-13) which forms Equation (4-11);

an Tfbf eR 121 4-11

For nf = 6.4 Hz, 1 = 0.003 and response build up factor ( bfR )= 0.999, the

calculated time to reach the steady state response ( aT ) obtained from Equation

(4-11) was about 60 s which agrees well with the experimental time shown in

Figure 4-6 for the beam response without damper.

The retrofitted beam was also subjected to the same unit force as defined by

Equation (4-4) but with the excitation frequencies matching each of the splitting

frequencies of 1f = 6 Hz and 2f = 6.6 Hz which were created due to the addition

of the damper. The maximum acceleration response of the retrofitted steel beam

was about 0.4 2sm . The reduction in the acceleration response of the retrofitted

steel beam was about 12.5. This value of reduction in the beam response is in

excellent agreement with the experimental and predicted values. This further

demonstrates that a FE analysis can be used for predicting the performance of the

proposed damper, which would be particularly useful for complex floor systems.

Page 133: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

114

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50-5

0

5

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5-0.4

-0.2

0

0.2

0.4

Steel beam response without damper

Steel beam response with damper

Figure 4-8 Response of the steel beam with and without damper in time domain using

transient analysis in FE analysis

4.2.6. Sensitivity of Steel Beam Response to TMD NaturalFrequencyThe sensitivity of the steel beam response to variations in damper natural

frequency from its optimum value was conducted using the analytical model, FE

modelling and experimental tests. The analytical solution was performed using

Equations (2-5) and (4-6). In the three methods, the damping ratio of the damper

of 5.4% was kept constant whilst the frequency of the damper was varied from

-18% to 41% from the value of optimum frequency of 6.3 Hz. The change in the

damper frequency was achieved by altering the mass of the damper. The reduction

in retrofitted beam response due to the variation in the damper natural frequency

using the three methods is illustrated in Figure 4-9. The results of sensitivity

analyses obtained from the three methods clearly show that the performance of the

damper in reducing the vibration is sensitive to its tuning. However, for this case,

the viscoelastic damper was still able to reduce the vibration by a factor of 9 when

its frequency was out of tune by 2.5%. This indicates that the system has some

leeway in terms of damper tuning before significant loss of performance occurs.

This issue will be examined further in this thesis. It should be noted that this range

of variation ( 2.5%) from the optimum frequency due to the change of the

damper end mass causes a small variation in the mass ratio (in the range of 5%)

Page 134: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

115

which has negligible effect on the damper performance.

-18% -15% -12% -9% -5% 0 5% 12% 20% 29% 41%0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

Variation in Damper Frequency

Red

uctio

n Fa

ctor

in B

eam

Res

pons

e

AnalyticalFE modelExperimental

Figure 4-9 Steel beam response due to the variation in damper natural frequency using

analytical, FE and experimental results

4.2.7. Sensitivity of TMD Performance to Damping Ratio of TMDand BeamIn order to assess the effectiveness of the damper when it does not have the

optimum damping value, FE analysis and the developed analytical model (based

on Equations (2-5) and (4-6)) were utilised to investigate the sensitivity of the

steel beam response to variations in the damping ratio of the damper. In this

analysis the damper damping ratio ( 2 ) was varied from 1% to 10%.

The retrofitted beam was subjected to a harmonic force and the reduction in the

response for this range of damper damping ratios was obtained and plotted in

Figure 4-10.

Page 135: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

116

Figure 4-10 Steel beam response due to the variation in the damping ratio of the damper

using Equations (2-5) & (4-6) and FE analysis

The steel beam response for this range of variation in the damping ratio of the

damper was also investigated using the FE model. The stiffness and the mass of

the damper and hence the damper frequency were kept constant while the

damping ratio of the damper was varied from 1% to 10%. A harmonic analysis

was conducted for each damping ratio using a 0.5% increment in the damping.

The reduction in the steel beam response for each damper damping ratio is shown

in Figure 4-10. It can be seen from Figure 4-10 that the results from the FE model

are in a good agreement with analytical predictions. In both cases i.e. the

analytical and FE analysis, the damper can be quite effective over the range of 5-

7% for 2 (i.e. 15% from the optimum value of 2 ). Within the 15%

variation range in the damper damping ratio, the damper can still achieve about

95% of its reduction performance compared with optimum performance.

The effectiveness of the damper to variations in the steel beam damping ratio was

also investigated using Equations (2-5) and (4-6) for different damping ratios of

the steel beam. The response of the steel beam was obtained for each damping

ratio of the steel beam within the range of 1% to 10%. It was found, as shown in

Figure 4-11, that the damper performance was sensitive to variations in the

Page 136: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

117

damping ratio of the steel beam. This study indicates that if the steel beam has a

damping ratio higher than 1%, the reduction in the response is approximately

constant when the damper damping ratio ranges from 5 to 7%.

From the above analyses to examine the sensitivity of the damper performance to

the departure from the optimum damping ratio ( 2 = 6%), it was found that this

performance was not highly influenced if the change is within 15% of the

optimum value. Furthermore, the damping ratio of the damper has less effect if

the steel beam damping ratio is greater than 1%. Therefore, if the damper does not

utilise rubber at the optimum damping value or there is an error in prediction of

damping of up to 15%, the effectiveness of the damper will not be significantly

affected particularly when used with floors having a damping ratio of 1-3%.

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

Damper Damping Ratio

Red

ucio

n Fa

ctor

0.3% beam damping ratio1% beam damping ratio2% beam damping ratio3% beam damping ratio4% beam damping ratio5% beam damping ratio

Figure 4-11 Reduction in the steel beam response for different damping ratio of the beam

and damper using Equations (2-5) & (4-6)

4.2.8. Sensitivity of Steel Beam Response to TMD Point ofAttachmentThe sensitivity of the damper performance to variations in the damper’s point of

attachment along the length of the beam was investigated using three methods,

namely analytical, FE modelling and via experiment. For the analytical analysis,

Page 137: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

118

the steel beam was idealised as an equivalent SDOF system while the retrofitted

beam was idealised as a two DOF system. The damping ratio of the damper was

kept constant throughout this sensitivity analysis. On the other hand, the modal

mass of the damper for each location was calculated according to the typical

fundamental mode shape of the steel beam using Equation (4-8). Because of the

variation in the damper modal mass, the stiffness of the damper was modified for

each damper location to attain the optimum frequency. The reduction factors in

the retrofitted steel beam response due to the departure from the point of

maximum response (anti-node) were obtained using Equation (2-5) for the SDOF

system and Equation (4-6) for the beam with the damper as shown in Figure 4-12.

The damper was also experimentally relocated along the steel beam and the

response of the beam compared with the predicted values. Figure 4-12 shows that

the measured reduction values were comparable with those obtained from the

analytical model. In addition, the same process of relocation of the damper along

the length of the beam was repeated using the FE model. In this FE modelling, all

parameters of the damper, i.e. stiffness, mass and damping ratio, were kept

constant. The FE model results as shown in Figure 4-12 revealed a good

agreement with the predicted and measured values. The study indicates that the

damper would remain effective in reducing the vibration if it is located within the

central one third of the length of the beam. This analysis was based on the steel

beam with a damping ratio of 0.3%. The effect on the performance of damper due

to its relocation from the point of maximum response when it is attached to a

structure with a higher damping ratio will be investigated in Chapter 6.

Page 138: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

119

Figure 4-12 Variation in damper point of attachment along the length of the steel beam

4.3. Case Study 2 – Concrete T beamIn order that the effectiveness of the new viscoelastic damper was fully assessed,

another prototype was developed for an experimental floor. This floor is

essentially a segment of a reinforced concrete floor system with a reinforced

concrete beam and a composite slab. The cross section of the experimental floor is

shown in Figure 4-13 and is referred to herein as “T beam”.

Figure 4-13 Cross-section of T beam floor used in Case Study 2

The T beam has a span of 9.5 m, a total weight of 6,000 kg and is simply

supported at the ends using roller supports, which lave small contribution to the

Page 139: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

120

overall damping of the T beam, as shown in Figure 4-14. The long span of the T

beam and its geometry make it relatively flexible and easily excited by footfall

excitation. Hence, the T beam was a prime candidate for retrofitting using the

newly developed viscoelastic damper. Prior to the design of the damper, the T

beam was tested using various forms of excitation including heel drop, walking

and impulse loading using a modal impact hammer. From these tests, the natural

frequencies, mode shapes and damping ratios were determined using experimental

modal analysis. The results from the modal analysis are presented in the following

section.

Figure 4-14 T beam supports

In addition, the T beam was subjected to heel drop excitation and the response of

the beam was recorded to obtain its dynamic properties. Simple assessment

techniques were utilised, which would normally be used in the field such as

extracting the natural frequency of the T beam from a time history record by

converting it to the frequency domain using FFT and utilising the half-power

bandwidth (HPB) method to estimate the apparent overall damping. The natural

frequency of the T beam was found to be 4.2 Hz and the measured damping ratio

using HPB was about 2.3% as illustrated in Figure 4-15.

Page 140: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

121

3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.50

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

Frequency (Hz)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 ) = 4.2 Hz = 2.3%f

Figure 4-15 T beam response due to heel drop excitation

In addition to the value of damping ratio obtained from the half-power bandwidth

(HPB) method, the Random Decrement (Randec) technique was utilised to

estimate the damping ratio of the T beam. This technique to estimate the damping

in the time domain was discussed in Section 2.4.4. The damping ratio obtained

from this method was about 2.9% as illustrated in Figure 4-16.

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4-1

-0.8

-0.6

-0.4

-0.2

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

Time (s)

T be

am R

espo

nse

= 2.9%

Figure 4-16 Normalised T beam response to heel drop using Randec technique

Page 141: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

122

4.3.1. Experimental Modal AnalysisTo determine the mode shapes for simple systems such as beams and plates as

shown in Figures (4-17 and 4-18), analytical or experimental methods can be

utilised. The mode shapes are useful for determining the locations on a floor

system that are prone to maximum excitation with the least amount of effort. It is

also important to know the mode shapes to properly determine a retrofit for a

problem floor (Alvis 2001).

The mode shapes and corresponding frequencies can be predicted analytically for

simple floor system or using Finite Element (FE) analysis for complex floor

systems. The actual mode shapes can also be obtained using experimental modal

analysis. The fundamental mode shape for the simply supported T beam is a half-

sine shape as shown in Figure 4-17 and is given by Equation (4-12) (Inman 1996);

Lxx sin)( 4-12

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

0.5

1

T Beam length (m)

Nor

mal

ised

def

lect

ion

Mode shape

(x)

x

Figure 4-17 Fundamental mode shape for a simply supported T beam

Page 142: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

123

Figure 4-18 Typical mode shapes for simply supported floor system (Murray et al. 1997)

In order to perform experimental modal analysis, grid points must be created to

set the locations of the accelerometers to be used in recording the response. In this

case, the top surface of the T beam was divided into 3 rows and 11 columns to

form 33 grid points as shown in Figure 4-19.

Page 143: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

124

Figure 4-19 T beam grid points

Thirteen accelerometers and one displacement transducer were used in this

experiment. The displacement transducer was installed at the expected anti-node

of the fundamental mode shape, which is normally the mid-span of the T beam.

The accelerometers were distributed on the T beam in three patterns in order to

record the acceleration response of all grid points. Ten out of the thirteen

accelerometers were relocated in the three patterns while three of them were kept

at the same grid points as reference points as shown in Figure 4-20.

The T beam was excited using heel drop and impact hammer excitations. In order

to minimise the effect of noise, the heel drop excitation was repeated and recorded

eight times for each pattern location. The recorded acceleration data obtained

from the heel drop excitations was analysed using a commercial modal analysis

program “ARTeMIS”. This program can average the recorded data for each

accelerometer to minimise the effect of noise. The recorded data from heel drop

excitation was then used to estimate the natural frequencies, the mode shapes and

damping ratios. The fundamental mode shape obtained from the experimental

modal analysis using heel drop excitation is illustrated in Figure 4-21, which is in

very good agreement with the typical first mode shape of a simply supported

beam.

Page 144: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

125

Figure 4-20 Distribution of accelerometers for three rounds

Figure 4-21 First mode shape of the T beam obtained from experimental modal analysis

For the fundamental mode of the T beam, ARTeMIS can estimate the values of

the natural frequency and damping ratio as illustrated in Figure 4-22. The

ARTeMIS values of fundamental natural frequency and damping ratio were 4.2

Hz and 1.9% respectively. Other mode shapes, frequencies and damping ratios

obtained from experimental modal analysis are illustrated in Figures (4-22 and

4-23).

Page 145: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

126

Figure 4-22 Estimation of the T beam natural frequency and damping ratio using ARTeMIS

Figure 4-23 T beam mode shapes obtained from experimental modal analysis

Mode 1 of 4.2 Hz can be affected by the second harmonic of walking while mode

2 of 7.2 Hz can be affected by the third or fourth harmonic of walking excitation.

Mode 3 of 15.6 Hz and higher modes are not critical for walking excitation.

Page 146: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

127

Based on the experimental modal analysis and FFT results it was found that the T

beam had a fundamental natural frequency of 4.2 Hz. The values of the damping

ratio obtained from HPB, Randec and experimental modal analysis were 2.3%,

2.9% and 1.8% respectively. In general, the higher than expected damping for this

bare RC beam is simply due to the presence of cracks in the beam because of

earlier load tests. This earlier load test degraded the stiffness of the beam and

reduced the natural frequency from 5 Hz (before the load test) to 4.2 Hz (after the

load test).

The HPB and Randec are ideally suited for systems with well separated natural

frequencies. When the natural frequencies are relatively close, the accuracy of

these methods reduces. Further, the HPB method relies on identification of the

peak amplitude in the frequency domain; hence, if the resolution is coarse, the

maximum peak may not be fully captured. If this is the case, then HPB would

overestimate the damping. The high value obtained using the Randec method

could be attributed to contribution from the higher modes. Given the T beam did

not have any furniture on it or services suspended from it, a damping value of

2.9% would be considered high. A damping value of the range of 1.8% to 2.3% as

predicted by the modal analysis and HBP would be closer to expectations. Given

this uncertainty, a sensitivity analysis will be performed to examine the influence

of various T beam damping ratios on its performance when fitted with the

viscoelastic TMD.

As earlier discussed for a simply supported beam with a uniformly distributed

mass, the modal mass is approximately half of the total mass (Equation (4-1)).

Hence, for the equivalent SDOF system, the modal mass of the T beam can be

taken as 3,000 kg. For a tuned mass optimum damper with a mass ratio of 1%, the

required damper mass is 302 m kg. Using Equations (2-38 - 2-40), the optimum

damper is required to have a natural frequency of 242 .f Hz and damping ratio

of 2 = 6%.

Page 147: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

128

The predicted maximum acceleration responses of the T beam without damper

and with optimum damper for the three measured damping ratios of the beam

using Equations (2-5) and 4-6) are shown in Figure 4-24. For each measured

damping ratio of the beam, the beam was subjected to the harmonic force defined

by Equation (4-4) but with an amplitude ( 0F ) of 1 kN and the excitation frequency

was swept from 3 to 6 Hz. It is obvious from Figure 4-24 that the lower value of

damping ratio of 1.8% obtained from experimental modal analysis can

overestimate the effectiveness of the damper in reducing the vibration. Therefore,

for conservative damper design, the value of damping ratio obtained from the

Randec technique (2.9%) was adopted to predict the effectiveness of the damper

in reducing floor vibrations.

1.8% 2.3% 2.9%2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Damping ratio of the T beam

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

T beam without damperT beam with damper

ReductionFactor = 2.1

ReductionFactor = 2.4

ReductionFactor = 2.8

Figure 4-24 Acceleration response of the T beam without and with optimum damper for

different beam damping due to 1 kN harmonic excitation force using Equations (2-5) and

(4-6)

The evaluation of the reduction factor in the frequency domain in the T beam

response with a damping ratio of 2.9% was performed as depicted in Figure 4-25.

The reduction factor in the retrofitted T beam response was around a factor of 2.1.

It should be noted that this reduction factor is based on the optimum damper but

not on the as built damper.

Page 148: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

129

3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.50

1

2

3

4

5

6

Frequency (Hz)

T be

am R

espo

nse

(m/s

2 )

T beam without damperT beam with optimum damper

Figure 4-25 Acceleration response of the T beam with and without optimum damper in

frequency domain due to 1 kN harmonic force using Equations (2-5) and (4-6)

4.3.2. Viscoelastic Damper Design for T BeamA commercial rubber with a dissipation loss factor ( ) of 0.15 was utilised to

develop the viscoelastic damper. The geometry, damping ratio and natural

frequency of the damper were obtained using the procedure described in Section

3.6. The resulting damper properties are listed in Table 4-2. It should be noted that

the dissipation loss factor of this rubber is not sufficient to provide the optimum

damping ratio of 6% for the TMD with the given thickness, width and length of

the rubber and plates. A rubber with a higher dissipation loss factor would be

needed to increase the damping (such rubbers can be sourced from specialist

suppliers but are not readily available). However, the sensitivity of damper

performance to the damping ratio was previously investigated for the steel beam

in Section 4.2.7. It was found that the retrofitted primary system response is not

very sensitive to the damping ratio of the damper when it is in the range of 15%

from the optimum damping ratio of 6% (i.e. damper can still provide a major

improvement).

Page 149: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

130

Table 4-2 Predicted viscoelastic damper properties for the T beam

Length (L) 510 mm

Width (b) 100 mm

Thickness of top constraining layer (h1 ) (steel) 6 mm

Thickness of rubber (h2) 38 mm

Thickness of bottom constraining layer (h3) (steel) 6 mm

Dissipation loss factor of rubber (β) 0.15

Rubber shear modulus 637 kPa

End mass (mend) 29 kg

Natural frequency of damper 4.2 Hz

Damping ratio (ζ2) of damper 4.5%

The dynamic properties of the constructed damper were obtained experimentally

by exciting the prototype damper using a pluck test. The pluck test value for the

natural frequency ( 2f ) of the 30 kg damper was 4.2 Hz with a damping ratio ( 2 )

of 4.6% as shown in Figure 4-26. The natural frequency was extracted from the

frequency domain while the damping ratio was obtained using the log decay

method. These values of damping ratio and natural frequency of the constructed

viscoelastic damper were in very good agreement with the predicted values

obtained from the approximate analytical method used for the design of

viscoelastic damper that are listed in Table 4-2.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6-1

-0.8

-0.6

-0.4

-0.2

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

2 = 4.6%

Figure 4-26 Response of damper developed for the T beam due to a pluck test

Page 150: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

131

4.3.3. Application of TMD to T BeamThe viscoelastic damper was attached at the mid-span of the T beam using a

bracket shown in Figure 4-27. The damper was tuned by adjusting the end mass to

achieve the optimum damper frequency of 4.2 Hz in order to attain the maximum

damper performance. The effectiveness of the damper was then evaluated

according to the response of the T beam due to heel drop and walking excitations.

Figure 4-27 Tuned mass viscoelastic damper attached to the experimental T beam

4.3.4. Performance of the Damper Due to Heel Drop ExcitationThe T beam was subjected to repeated heel drop excitations with a total of eight

tests recorded. The time histories were transferred to the frequency domain using

FFT and then averaged to assess the effectiveness of the viscoelastic damper in

reducing the T beam vibrations. Figure 4-28 shows the response of the T beam in

the frequency domain due to heel drop excitations for both cases with and without

the damper. The value of reduction in the acceleration was about 2.0, which

agreed well with the predicted value for an optimum damper of 2.1. This

predicted value of the reduction factor of 2.1 due to the addition of the damper

was based on the optimum damper properties. The predicted reduction factor

according to the as built damper with 30 kg, 2f = 4.2 Hz and 2 = 4.6% was 1.9

which is still in good agreement with experimental value.

Page 151: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

132

3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.50

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

Frequency (Hz)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

T beam without damperT beam with damper

Figure 4-28 T beam response due to heel drop excitation

The overall damping of the retrofitted beam was estimated using the log decay

method in time domain. Figure 4-29 clearly shows the increase of damping in the

time history response of the T beam due to heel drop excitations. The overall

apparent damping ratio of the T beam with damper attached was found to be

6.1%.

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3-1

-0.5

0

0.5

1

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3-1

-0.5

0

0.5

1

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

1 = 2.9%

= 6.1%

T beam with damper

T beam without damper

1

Figure 4-29 Response of the T beam without and with damper due to heel drop excitation

with measured damping ratios using log decay method

Page 152: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

133

The bare T beam and the T beam with the attached damper were also modelled

using ANSYS. The beam was modelled in ANSYS using two node beam

elements (Beam188) while the slab was modelled using shell elements (Shell181).

The viscoelastic damper was modelled as an equivalent viscous damper. As

earlier load tests on the T beam degraded its strength, the Young’s modulus of the

concrete was adjusted in the FE model so that the measured natural frequency of

the first mode matched that obtained experimentally. The T beam was excited by

1 kN harmonic force to evaluate the effectiveness of the damper in reducing the

vibration level. Based on the FE results the reduction factor in the acceleration

response was about 1.9 (as shown in Figure 4-30), which is in excellent agreement

with the experimental and predicted reduction factors of 2.0 and 1.9, respectively.

3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.50

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

Frequency (Hz)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

T beam with damperT beam without damper

Figure 4-30 T beam response in frequency domain for cases without and with as built

damper due to 1 kN harmonic force based on FE analyses

4.3.5. Performance of the Damper Due to Walking ExcitationThe effectiveness of the damper in reducing the T beam response due to walking

along the length of beam was also investigated. In order to match the natural

frequency of the T beam, as much as possible, the walker practiced the correct

step frequency and attempted to maintain this step frequency throughout the

testing. The number of time history samples for each case of beam without and

with the damper was 24 records.

Page 153: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

134

It was found that the reduction factor in frequency domain was only 1.4 as shown

in Figure 4-31. This is attributed to the second harmonic of the walking rate not

matching the first mode frequency of the beam and the length of the beam was not

long enough to reach the full steady state response. This exact coincidence

between the step rate or one of its harmonics and the natural frequency of the

floor can be difficult to constantly achieve because humans tend to have a natural

self selecting walking rate which can be difficult to alter and then maintain to

achieve a certain walking rate.

3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.50

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

Frequency (Hz)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

T Beam without damperT Beam with damper

Figure 4-31 T beam measured acceleration response due to walking excitation based on

averaging of 24 records for cases with and without damper

The time history records for both cases with and without dampers were filtered for

the frequency range of (2-20 Hz) to obtain the maximum acceleration in the time

domain. The peak acceleration responses of the T beam without and with damper

were plotted in a column chart as shown in Figure 4-32. The maximum

acceleration response of the T beam without the damper attached was about 2.7%

g, which reoccurs in four records as clearly seen in Figure 4-32. This recurrence

of the maximum value of the acceleration response indicates that the second

harmonic of the step frequency may have coincided with the natural frequency of

the T beam. Thus, the value of 2.7% g can be adopted as a maximum response of

the T beam. The average value of the 24 peak acceleration responses due to the

Page 154: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

135

walking excitation for the T beam without the damper was about 2% g. The

maximum acceleration response for the retrofitted T beam in the time domain was

about 2% g while the average of the 24 peaks was about 1.4% g. For both cases

i.e. the maximum response and the average response of the 24 records, the

reduction in the acceleration response was about 1.4. The response of the T beam

without and with damper was also compared using the root mean square (rms)

acceleration. It was found that the rms acceleration for the beam without damper

was about 2.1% g while it was about 1.5% g for the retrofitted beam, which both

agrees well with the average values.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 240

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

Record Number

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 1617 18 19 2021 22 23 240

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

Record Number

T beam without damper T beam with damper

Figure 4-32 Peak accelerations of T beam with and without the damper from 24 walking

excitation records

Clearly, the damper could perform better if the T beam was excited to full steady

state resonance. However, the damper was still effective in producing a

reasonable reduction in the T beam response. An option to further reduce the T

beam response would be to adopt a higher mass ratio for the damper.

4.3.6. FE Model for Walking ExcitationThe T beam response due to walking excitations was investigated using ANSYS.

An equivalent concentrated time-dependent walking force )t(F was imposed at

the mid-span of the T beam, which is the anti-node for the fundamental modes.

Page 155: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

136

The maximum acceleration response of the T beam was also collected from this

location. To account for the moving characteristic of the walking force along the

length of the T beam, Equation (4-12) is merged with the forcing function

(Equation (2-1)). In addition, the static weight can be subtracted from the equation

so that only the harmonic applied force is used for analysis to form the equation of

a moving force as expressed in Equation (4-13) (Heinemeyer et al. 2009).

tLv

SintifSinrFtF stepN

iistepi

10 2 4-13

where

0F = person’s weight;

ir = walking dynamic load factors are given in Table 2-1;

i = harmonic number;

N = number of walking harmonics included in the forcing function;

stepf = step frequency;

t = time in seconds;

i = phase angle for each harmonics ( 01 , 22 and 23 );

stepv = walking speed defined by Equation (2-14); and

L = length of walking path as illustrated in Figure 4-33.

Page 156: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

137

Figure 4-33 Equivalent walking force function according to the mode shape

Substitution of Equation (2-14) into Equation (4-13) yields the elimination of the

walking speed and the walking force function expressed in terms of step

frequency only as defined by Equation (4-14);

Lt.f.f.SintifSinrFtF stepstep

N

iistepi

5483334666712 2

10 4-14

For the T beam with a fundamental frequency of 4.2 Hz, the second harmonic of

the step rate can match its fundamental frequency. Therefore, the equivalent time

dependent walking force at the mid-span of the T beam without damper as

generated from Equation (4-14) is shown in Figure 4-34.

In order to allow for reaching the steady state response, the mode shape

component was removed from Equation (4-14). Thus, the forcing function for on-

the-spot walking applied at the mid-span of the T beam is given by Equation

(4-15);

Page 157: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

138

N

instepi tifSinrFtF

10 2 4-15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

400

Time (s)

Wal

king

For

ce (N

)

Figure 4-34 Equivalent time dependent walking force for the bare T beam using Equation

(4-14)

The on-the-spot walking function was applied at the mid-span and the maximum

acceleration response obtained from transient analysis was about 4.4% g as shown

in Figure 4-35. The walking force along the length of the beam presented by

Equation (4-14) was also applied at the mid-span of the beam to determine its

response. The maximum acceleration response of the T beam without damper due

to walking along the length of the beam was about 3.7% g as depicted in Figure

4-35. The higher response due to on-the-spot walking compared with walking

along the length of the beam using FE analysis confirms that the T beam did not

reach the steady state response due to walking along the length of the beam. This

was also confirmed using the resonance build up factor obtained from Equation

(2-13) for the given values of damping, step rate and length of the beam, which

yield a resonance build up factor of about 0.8. The difference between the

responses of the T beam without damper due to on-the-spot walking was about

16% greater than the response due to walking along the length of the beam. This

value of acceleration response due to walking along the length of the beam

without the damper obtained from FE modelling is quite comparable with

predicted values using Equation (2-10).

Page 158: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

139

0 2 4 6-400

-200

0

200

400

0 2 4 6-0.5

-0.25

0

0.25

0.5

0 2 4 6-400

-200

0

200

400

Time (s)

Wal

king

For

ce (N

)

0 2 4 6-0.5

-0.25

0

0.25

0.5

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

On-the-spot walking force Response due to on-the-spot walking

Walking along the length of beam force Response due to walking along the length of beam

Figure 4-35 T beam loading and response without damper due to on-the-spot walking and

walking along the length of the beam using FE models

The addition of the damper to the beam creates two resonating frequencies, which

are 4.0 and 4.4 Hz. The frequency of the walking force was adjusted in Equation

(4-14) in order that the second harmonic matches the new resonating frequencies

of the retrofitted T beam. A transient analysis was performed for each walking

force and the maximum acceleration response of the retrofitted beam was taken as

the greatest absolute value obtained from both walking forces. On-the-spot

walking was applied at mid-span of the retrofitted beam to reach the steady state

response using FE transient analysis and maximum acceleration response was

predicted as 2.4% g as shown in Figure 4-36. The walking along the length of the

beam was defined for each splitting frequency using Equation (4-14). The

maximum response acceleration for the T beam with attached damper due to

walking along the length of the beam was about 2.4% g as shown in Figure 4-36.

These response results indicate that the retrofitted beam can reach the steady state

for walking along the length of the beam. This value of maximum acceleration

response due to walking along the length of the beam for the beam with damper

attached obtained from the FE transient analysis was in good agreement with the

maximum acceleration value of 2% g obtained from the experimental work.

Page 159: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

140

0 2 4 6-400

-200

0

200

400

0 2 4 6-0.3

-0.2

-0.1

0

0.1

0.2

0 2 4 6-400

-200

0

200

400

Time (s)

Wal

king

For

ce (N

)

0 2 4 6-0.3

-0.2

-0.1

0

0.1

0.2

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

On-the-spot walking force Response due to on-the-spot walking

Response due to walking along the length of beamWalking along the length of beam force

Figure 4-36 T beam loading and response with damper due to on-the-spot walking and

walking along the length of the beam using FE models

The reduction factor in the T beam response for both cases with and without

damper using walking excitation in the FE model was about 1.6 as illustrated in

Figure 4-37. This value of reduction in T beam response is in good agreement

with the 1.4 value obtained from the experimental tests.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6-0.4

-0.3

-0.2

-0.1

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

Time (s)

Res

pons

e A

ccel

erat

ion

(m/s

2 )

T beam without damperT beam with damper

Figure 4-37 T beam response without and with damper due to walking along the length of

the beam using FE models

Page 160: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

141

4.3.7. Sensitivity of the T Beam Response to TMD NaturalFrequencyThe sensitivity of the T beam response to variations in the frequency of the

damper was analytically examined using Equations (2-5) and (4-6) to compare it

with the previous steel beam results. In this sensitivity analysis, the damping ratio

of the as built damper of 4.6 % was kept constant whilst the change in the damper

frequency was achieved by changing the mass of the damper. The end mass of the

damper was varied from -18% to 41% from the optimum mass of 30 kg associated

with the optimum frequency of 4.2 Hz. This range of variation in the damper mass

from the optimum mass yields a variation in the frequency of the damper from

optimum frequency (4.2 Hz) that ranges from 10% to -15% (4.6 Hz to 3.6 Hz). It

was found, as shown in Figure 4-38, that the T beam response was very sensitive

to variations in the natural frequency of the damper. To maintain 90% of the

maximum reduction factor for the beam with attached damper, the variation in the

frequency of the damper should be in the range of 2.5% from the optimum

frequency of the damper. On the other hand, to achieve 80% of the maximum

reduction factor, the variation in the frequency of the damper should be in the

range of 4% from the optimum frequency of the damper.

-14.0 -9.5 -4.0 -2.5 0 2.5 4.0 9.5 14.350

60

70

80

90

100

Damper Frequency (Percentage)

Red

uctio

n Fa

ctor

(per

cent

age) Optimum damper

natural frequencyf2 = 4.2 Hz

Figure 4-38 Reduction factor of the T-beam response with attached TMD due to variations

in the natural frequency of the damper using Equations (2-5) and (4-6)

Page 161: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

142

The sensitivity of the T beam response to variations in the damper natural

frequency was also experimentally investigated by modifying the end mass and

hence the natural frequency of the damper. The mass of damper was modified by

20% from the optimum damper mass of 30 kg to achieve modification in

frequency by -7% and +13% from the optimum value of 4.2 Hz. Eight heel drop

excitations were recorded for each modified damper frequency and then converted

to frequency domain for comparison. Figure 4-39 shows that the efficiency of the

damper was considerably affected by increasing the frequency by 10% and this

highlights the importance of tuning the damper.

3.5 4 4.5 5

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

Frequency (Hz)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

T beam without damperOptimum frequency damper (4.2 Hz)Lower frequency damper (7% from optimum)Higher frequency damper (13% from optimum)

Figure 4-39 Sensitivity of the damper due to variation in the natural frequency

The performance of the damper to variations in the frequency of the damper was

also investigated using FE analysis. This variation in the damper frequency was

achieved by modifying the end mass of the damper while the stiffness and

damping ratio of the damper were kept constant to the as built damper values of

2k = 20,892 N/m and 2 = 4.6%. Similar to the analytical and experimental results,

the FE harmonic analysis results as illustrated in Figure 4-40 indicated that the

response of the beam is sensitive to the variation of the damper natural frequency

from its optimum value.

Page 162: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

143

-10% -5% 0 5% 10%1

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2

Frequency Variation

Red

uctio

n Fa

ctor

Figure 4-40 Sensitivity of damper performance to the variation in its natural frequency using

FE model

4.3.8. Sensitivity of the T Beam Response to TMD DampingRatioThe sensitivity of the T beam response to variations in the damping ratio of the

damper was investigated using the analytical model and FE analysis. The natural

frequency and mass of the damper were kept constant while the damping ratio of

the damper was varied from 0.5% to 10% with an increment value of 0.5%.

1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% 10%

0.6

0.8

1

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2

2.2

Damper Damping Ratio

Red

uctio

n Fa

ctor

AnalyticalFE model

Optimum damping ratio

= 6%2

Figure 4-41 Reduction factor in the T beam response with damper attached for different

damping ratios of the damper using Equations (2-5) & (4-6) and FE model

Page 163: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

144

It was found from the analytical and FE harmonic analysis methods, that the

damper performs well when variations in the damping ratio of the damper are

within 25% from the optimum damping ratio, i.e. in the range of 4.5-7.5%. The

corresponding decrease in the reduction factor was about 5% of the maximum

reduction factor for the analytical modal as shown in Figure 4-41. The values of

reduction factors obtained from analytical model and FE harmonic analysis of the

retrofitted T beam response due to variations in the damping ratio of the damper

were in good agreement.

The analyses of the steel beam and T beam responses due to variations in the

damping ratio of the damper from its optimum value revealed that the response of

the beams was not sensitive to the damping ratio of the damper. The damper

performs well for both case studies when the variation in the damping ratio of the

damper is within 25% from the optimum damping value of 6% for the 1% mass

ratio damper i.e. when the damping ratio is within the range of 4.5% to 7.5%.

4.4. Concluding RemarksTwo prototypes of viscoelastic damper were developed and tested to investigate

the performance of the viscoelastic damper in reducing the levels of vibration.

The TMDs were designed using the approximate analytical model presented in

Chapter 3. The properties of the dampers were validated using FE analysis and

experimental tests. The values of natural frequency and damping ratio of the

proposed dampers obtained from analytical, FE model and experiments were in

good agreement.

One of the prototype dampers was developed to retrofit a simply supported beam.

The natural frequency of the steel beam ( 1f ) was obtained from three methods

namely closed form solution, FE analysis and experiment. The values obtained

from the three methods were in excellent agreement and in the order of 1f = 6.3

Hz. Similarly, the modal mass ( 1m ) of the steel beam was found to be 29 kg. The

damping ratio ( 1 ) of the steel beam was measured experimentally and found to

be 0.3%. A prototype viscoelastic damper of 1% mass ratio was developed using

Page 164: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

145

the approximate analytical model to retrofit the steel beam. A commercial rubber

was used in the development of the damper with measured shear modulus ( G ) of

about 690 kPa and a dissipation loss factor ( ) of about 0.12. The dynamic

properties of the as built viscoelastic damper were a natural frequency ( 2f ) of 6.3

Hz, a modal mass ( 2m ) of 0.29 kg and a damping ratio ( 2 ) of 5.4%. The

dissipation loss factor of the rubber used in the development of the damper was

not sufficient to provide the optimum damping ratio of 6% for the viscoelastic

damper. A rubber with a higher dissipation loss factor would be needed to

increase the damping ratio of the damper and bring it closer to the optimum value.

The response of the original steel beam to mechanical harmonic excitation was

measured and found to be 5.3 2sm . The response of the retrofitted steel beam to

the same excitation was found to be 0.46 2sm . The response of the retrofitted

steel beam was reduced by a factor of 11.5, which is in good agreement with the

predicted value of 12.5 and the FE analysis value of 11. The overall damping of

the retrofitted system was found to be about 3%, which is a significant increase

from the original 0.3% damping.

In order that the effectiveness of the new viscoelastic damper could be fully

assessed, a large scale concrete T beam was retrofitted with the second prototype

viscoelastic damper. The T beam was simply supported and had a span of 9.5 m

and a modal mass of 3,000 kg. The mode shapes and the corresponding

frequencies were predicted using experimental modal analysis. The first

fundamental natural frequency and damping ratio were measured and found to be

4.2 Hz and 1.8%, respectively.

The performance of the damper was investigated using an analytical model, FE

analysis and experimental tests. For the experimental tests, the T beam without

and with the damper was subjected to heel drop and walking excitations. For the

heel drop, the reduction in the response of the beam was about 2.0, which is in

good agreement with the analytical and FE harmonic results. For walking

Page 165: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

146

excitation, the maximum measured acceleration obtained from 24 time history

records was about 2.7% g whereas for the retrofitted T beam, the maximum

acceleration response was about 2% g. The reduction in the acceleration response

due to the walking excitations was about 1.4. This reduction factor was consistent

with the FE prediction of 1.6. The reason that the walking reduction factor being

smaller than that with heel drop tests is due to the fact that the walking excitation

of the beam without the damper was not sufficient to reach the full steady state

response. This was confirmed by FE analysis.

The sensitivity of the retrofitted structure response to variations in the natural

frequency of the new damper was experimentally and numerically investigated by

modifying the end mass and hence the natural frequency of the damper. The

efficiency of the damper was considerably affected by altering the frequency by

more than 2.5% and this highlights the importance of tuning the damper to the

optimum natural frequency.

It was found from the two case studies using the analytical model and FE analyses

that the response of the primary system with the damper is sensitive to the

damping ratio of the primary system. The damper is very efficient when the

damping ratio of the primary system is less than 1% where a reduction factor in

excess of 10 being achievable. The reduction factor decreases when the damping

ratio of the primary system increases. For common floors with damping of 2-3%,

the expected reduction factor in vibration due to the addition of the viscoelastic

TMD is in the order of 2.0.

The sensitivity of the primary structure (floor) response to variations in the

damping ratio of the damper was also investigated using the analytical model and

FE analysis. It was found for both case studies that for 1% damper mass ratio, the

damper performs well when variations in the damping ratio of the damper are

within 25% from the optimum.

Page 166: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

147

The sensitivity of the steel beam response to the relocation of the damper

attachment from the point of the maximum response was investigated using the

analytical model, FE analysis and experimental tests. The study revealed that the

damper would remain effective in reducing the level of vibration if it is located

within the central one third of the length of the beam. This indicates that when the

installation of the damper at the point of maximum response is not possible, the

damper can be relocated within a certain distance according to the mode shape of

the retrofitted system.

The results presented in this chapter confirm that the new damper can achieve

significant reduction in floor vibrations particularly when the damping ratio of the

retrofitted structure is low.

The two case studies of prototype viscoelastic TMDs discussed in this chapter

were for a single viscoelastic damper. The options of utilising the viscoelastic

damper in a multiple form at one location and distributed on a structure are

discussed in the following chapter.

Page 167: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

148

5. Application of Multiple Dampers

5.1. IntroductionFor a typical floor, a single TMD could be quite large to offer the typical 1% mass

ratio. To avoid the limitations of large size of single dampers, a multiple tuned

mass damper (MTMD) system is proposed to replace the single damper. The

effectiveness and robustness of multiple dampers will be investigated in this

Chapter.

A MTMD system of four identical dampers with a mass ratio of 0.25% each was

developed to replace the single damper with a 1% mass ratio for the T beam that

was previously described in Chapter 4. The four dampers were arranged in a

crucifix form and attached to the T beam at the same point of attachment used for

the single damper (i.e. mid-span of the beam). The T beam with the multiple

dampers at the mid-span was excited using heel drop and walking excitations to

compare the effectiveness of the MTMD system with the single damper. The

dampers were then evenly distributed along the T beam to test the effectiveness of

the MTMD in reducing the levels of vibration when attached as a distributed

system.

Given the success of the laboratory based trials, the new viscoelastic damper was

developed as MTMD configurations on a real office floor. The office floor

response due to walking excitation was determined using an FE model and field

measurements. Once the dynamic properties of the office floor were determined,

multiple viscoelastic dampers were designed and constructed. The response of the

office floor with and without a MTMD system is discussed in this chapter.

Page 168: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

149

5.2. Multiple Tuned Mass Dampers (MTMD)For a single TMD to be effective in an office floor, it needs to be of significant

size and finely tuned to the natural frequency of the floor system. Either mistuning

the frequency or departing from the optimum damping ratio by 25% can reduce

the effectiveness of a TMD (Bakre & Jangid 2004). Furthermore, there could be

size limitations, which restrict the dimensions of the damper for real floors due to

the presence of ducts or services in the false ceiling. A multiple tuned mass

damper (MTMD) system can be utilised to replace the single damper approach to

overcome these limitations. Furthermore, malfunction of a single damper in a

MTMD system will not normally cause potentially detrimental effects on the

structural response as may be the case for the single TMD solution, so that the

MTMD system can be a more robust solution (Chen & Wu 2003).

The mass ratio ( ) of the MTMD system can be specified according to the

required spacing of the splitting frequency and the desirable reduction in the

response of the primary system. Li & Liu (2002) proposed that the optimum

frequency spacing increases approximately linearly with the increase of the total

mass ratio.

For a typical case of a MTMD system made of identical dampers attached to a

primary structure shown in Figure 5-1, the mass ratio ( ) is defined by Equation

(5-1);

Figure 5-1 Schematic five degrees of freedom system

Page 169: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

150

1

2.mmn

5-1

where

n = number of individual dampers;

2m = mass of each individual damper; and

1m = mass of primary system.

The equation of motion that governs the multi-degree of freedom (MDOF) system

shown in Figure 5-1 can be written in the form of Equation (5-2) (Li & Ni 2007 ;

Park & Reed 2001) ;

0000

000000000000

4

000000000000

4

00000000000000000000

5

4

3

2

1

22

22

22

22

322221

5

4

3

2

1

22

22

22

22

222221

5

4

3

2

1

2

2

2

2

1 )t(F

xxxxx

kkkk

kkkk

kkkkkk

xxxxx

cccc

cccc

cccccc

xxxxx

mm

mm

m

5-2

The response acceleration 1X can be found by solving Equation (5-2) using the

Mechanical Impedance Method ( tiXex and tieF)t(F 0 ), where 0F , and t

are excitation force amplitude, excitation frequency in radians/sec and time.

Solving Equation (5-2) yields the expression of the response acceleration of the

primary system as presented by Equation (5-3);

2

2

1

21221

1

22

1

212

2

2

1

212

1

21

1

212

2

2

22

22

22

1

021

44

21

kmm

mmkk

mkcc

kk

mmckmc

kk

cc

k

kF

X 5-3

where

2 = the natural circular frequency of an individual damper; and

2 = damping ratio of an individual damper.

Page 170: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

151

The value of maximum acceleration (for a retrofitted system) from Equation (5-3)

can be compared with the value calculated from Equation (2-5) (for SDOF

system) to obtain the reduction in acceleration response.

5.3. Multiple Dampers at the Mid-span of the T beamThe effectiveness of MTMD system in reducing floor vibrations was investigated

experimentally using the T beam described in Section 4.3. Four dampers with a

mass ratio of 0.25% each were developed for the T beam to replace the single

damper of 1% mass ratio. The T beam with four dampers can be represented using

an equivalent mass, stiffness and damping by a multiple degree of freedom

MDOF model configuration as shown in Figure 5-1. The required and predicted

properties of each of the multiple dampers as determined using the approximate

analytical method described in Section 3.6 are listed in Table 5-1 with a typical

damper shown in Figure 5-2.

Table 5-1 Properties of each viscoelastic damper in the MTMD configuration

Length (L) 520 mm

Width (b) 50 mm

Thickness of top constraining layer (steel) 6 mm

Thickness of rubber (h2) 20 mm

Thickness of bottom constraining layer (steel) 1 mm

Dissipation loss factor of rubber (β) 0.18

Mass density of rubber () 550 kg/m3

Rubber shear modulus (G) 680 kPa

End mass (mend) 7.1 kg

Natural frequency of damper 4.2 Hz

Damping ratio ( 2 ) of damper 4.8 %

The properties of the viscoelastic damper shown in Figure 5-2 were

experimentally determined using pluck tests to obtain the damping ratio and

natural frequency of the damper. It was found from the experimental tests that the

damping ratio of the viscoelastic damper was about 4.5%. The required end mass

to achieve the optimum natural frequency of 4.2 Hz was 8 kg. These differences

Page 171: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

152

between the values of natural frequency and damping ratio of the damper obtained

from the experimental tests and the values of Table 5-1 are simply due to the

approximate nature of the model used to produce the results in the table and

construction tolerances.

Figure 5-2 Prototype viscoelastic damper developed for multiple damper system to replace

the single large damper

All four dampers were almost identical and arranged in a crucifix form and

attached to the T beam at the same point of attachment used for the single damper

as shown in Figure 5-3 (i.e. at mid-span). The total mass of the MTMD system

was closer to the mass of the single large damper with its properties described in

Section 4.3.2. The retrofitted T beam was excited using heel drop excitation to

measure the effectiveness of dampers in reducing the acceleration response.

Figure 5-4 shows the response of the T beam in the frequency domain with an

associated reduction factor in acceleration response of about 2.1.

Page 172: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

153

Figure 5-3 Four viscoelastic tuned mass dampers at the centre of the T beam

3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.50

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

Frequency (Hz)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

T beam without damperSingle damper at mid-spanFour dampers at mid-span

Figure 5-4 Response due to heel drop with four dampers attached at the centre of T beam

The damping ratio of the retrofitted T beam was estimated using the log decay

method. The average damping ratio of the retrofitted T beam using the MTMD

system obtained from 24 time history records due to the heel drop excitation was

about 6.2% as shown in Figure 5-5. Figure 5-4 illustrates that the response

reduction in the T beam with four dampers was in good agreement with the

response reduction of the T beam with the single large damper.

Page 173: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

154

2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7-0.8

-0.6

-0.4

-0.2

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

= 6.2%

Figure 5-5 Response of the T beam with four dampers at the centre due to heel drop

excitation

5.3.1. Distributed Damper SystemsIn some cases, there may be limitations on the space available for placing a single

large damper or a set of smaller multiple dampers at the location of maximum

response of the floor. In these situations, multiple dampers could be distributed on

floor systems. In such distributions, the dampers are not located at the location of

maximum response (anti-node) but spatially distributed along the length of the T

beam as shown in Figure 5-6. To maintain the ultimate performance of the damper

system, the dampers are required to be redesigned to compensate for the loss in

the effectiveness of their mass due to the relocation of the dampers away from the

centre (where the peak response occurs). Consequently, the mass of the dampers

need to be increased and hence the stiffness needs to be increased to satisfy the

optimum frequency.

Page 174: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

155

Figure 5-6 T beam with four spatially distributed dampers

To compensate for the loss in the damper modal mass due to the departure from

the point of maximum response, the fundamental vibration mode shape needs to

be determined. Experimental modal analysis or FE modal analysis can be used to

obtain the mode shape for floor systems especially for complex systems. For

simple plates (shown in Figure 4-18), the mode shape ( )y,x( ) is two directional

and for plates simply supported along all edges, the mode shape can be calculated

using Equation (5-4) (Hivoss 2010);

yx Lysin

Lxsin)y,x( 5-4

where

x = the location coordinate at which the mode shape value is required on x axis;

y = the location coordinate at which the mode shape value is required on y axis;

xL = the dimensions of the plate in x direction; and

yL = the dimensions of the plate in y direction.

The contribution to the modal mass at a position )y,x( would be given by )m( xy

via Equation (5-5) (Buchholdt 1997);

Page 175: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

156

2),(. yxmmxy 5-5

Component Mode Synthesis (CMS) can also be used to evaluate multi-degree of

freedom (MDOF) system response for the purpose of finding the optimum

parameters of the Tuned Mass Damper (TMD). Hurty (1965) developed CMS as a

method specifically designed for analysis of structures consisting of an

assemblage of sub-structures. The advantage of using this method is that the

response of a system with TMDs can be found using a reduced number of mode

shapes of the original structure. It derives the system equations of motion by first

deriving the equations of motion for each individual substructure separately and

then relating the displacement and force conditions at their junction points

(Setareh & Hanson 1992a, 1992b).

5.3.2. Multiple Dampers Distributed on T beamIn order to assess the effectiveness of the distributed dampers, the T beam was

tested again for the distributed damper configuration shown in Figure 5-6. In this

experiment the same identical dampers as described in Section 5.3.1 were used

without modification. Therefore, a lower damper performance in reducing the

floor vibrations was expected.

Figure 5-7 shows the response of the T beam in the frequency domain due to heel

drop excitation with the four dampers evenly distributed along the T beam as

shown in Figure 5-6. The figure clearly shows that the dampers were still effective

and provided a reduction in the acceleration response of approximately 1.8.

Page 176: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

157

3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.50

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

Freqeuecy (Hz)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

T beam without damperSingle damper at mid-spanFour dampers at mid-spanFour distributed dampers

Figure 5-7 T beam response with four spatially distributed dampers

The average damping ratio of the T beam with four dampers spatially distributed

along the length of the T beam obtained from 24 time history records was about

6% as shown in Figure 5-8.

0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4-0.6

-0.4

-0.2

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

= 6%

Figure 5-8 T beam response with four distributed dampers attached

To investigate the sensitivity of the T beam response when one or more dampers

are not functioning, some dampers were deactivated by preventing their vertical

movement using a timber stud. An example of a deactivated damper is shown in

Page 177: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

158

Figure 5-9. The T beam was then excited either by heel drop or walking excitation

to measure the effectiveness of the modified system with fewer active dampers.

Figure 5-9 Deactivated damper

The effectiveness of the distributed MTMD system was investigated for different

possible cases of deactivated dampers. The reduction factors for seven possible

cases of active and deactivated dampers are listed in Table 5-2 for heel drop and

walking excitations.

The T beam response with distributed dampers was also investigated using FE

analysis using the modelling method described in Sections 4.2.5 and 4.3.4. All

seven possible cases of active and deactivated dampers were investigated using

the FE analysis. The T beam was subjected to harmonic forces and walking along

the length of the beam to compare the results with the experimental values. The

results of FE harmonic and transient analyses are shown in Table 5-2. It is quite

evident that the extreme dampers (No.1 & 4) were not very effective in reducing

Page 178: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

159

the levels of vibration particularly for walking because of the loss in the modal

mass of dampers. Furthermore, in the case of walking excitation the dampers are

less effective because the system does not reach steady state response in contrast

to the harmonic excitation. According to Equations (4-12) and (5-5), the mass of

dampers No. 1 & 4 need to be increased by three times while for dampers No. 2 &

3 the mass needs to be increased by 10%. It was found that the dampers have a

reasonable effectiveness when they are distributed at the middle fifth of the T

beam (i.e. 10% span ratio from the point of maximum response). Hence the

system can be located away from the point of maximum response of the T beam

and distributed in the centre fifth of the beam to overcome any possible

limitations to the size and place of the dampers due to the interference with

services in the false ceiling or the false floor space.

Table 5-2 Sensitivity analysis of distributed dampers

Active damper Reduction factor

Heel drop Walking

1 2 3 4 Experiment FEM Experiment FEM

x x x x 1.8 1.8 1.4 1.4

x x x - 1.7 1.7 1.3 1.4

x x - x 1.6 1.6 1.2 1.3

- x x - 1.5 1.6 1.3 1.3

- x - - 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2

x - - x 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.1

x - - - 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.1

x = active damper

- = deactive damper

Sensitivity analyses for modifying the damper end mass and hence stiffness to

compensate the loss of modal mass of the damper due to the departure from the

anti-node was investigated using FE modelling. The compensations in the modal

mass of each damper and the corresponding stiffness to achieve the optimum

frequency of 4.2 Hz for the distributed damper system that was illustrated in

Figure 5-6 are listed in Table 5-3.

Page 179: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

160

The maximum acceleration response obtained from walking along the length of

the T beam with the four modified distributed dampers was about 0.23 2sm .

This corresponds to a reduction factor of 1.6 compared with the beam without

dampers. This reduction factor is equal to that obtained for identical dampers

located at mid-span, which is consistent with expectation since both cases have

the same total modal mass and damping ratio. Given that the additional mass to

dampers 1 & 4 was rather large, another alternative case was investigated. In this

case, all identical dampers were located at a distance of 1 m from the mid-span as

shown in Figure 5-10 in order to investigate the effectiveness of the identical

dampers. It was found that the response acceleration of the T beam due to walking

was about 0.24 2s/m . Although the identical as built dampers described in Table

5-1 were not modified to compensate for the loss in the modal mass because of

the departure from the point of maximum response (anti-node), the dampers were

still very efficient in reducing the T beam vibration.

Figure 5-10 Identical dampers located at a distance of 1 m away from the point of maximum

response

Table 5-3 Dynamic properties of modified distributed dampers

Damper

No.

Mass (kg)Adjusted stiffness

(N/m)

Damping

ratioRequired total mass

for modified damper

Modal mass of

modified damper

1 23.2 8 15,807 4.5%

2 8.8 8 6,038 4.5%

3 8.8 8 6,038 4.5%

4 23.2 8 15,807 4.5%

Page 180: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

161

The maximum response accelerations of the T beam for the four cases of damper

setups obtained from walking along the T beam are summarised in Table 5-4. The

FE transient analysis indicated that the acceleration response of the T beam due to

the departure of the dampers from the point of maximum response by a distance

of 1 m does not significantly increase. The acceleration response of the T beam

due to walking excitation for distributed dampers offset by 1 m from the centre

was in excellent agreement with four dampers at mid-span and the modified

distributed damper setup studied.

Table 5-4 Acceleration response of T beam to walking excitations for different damper setup

Damper configurationsAcceleration

m/s2

Reduction

factor

Four identical dampers evenly distributed 0.27 1.37

Four identical dampers 1 m away from mid-span 0.24 1.54

Four identical dampers at mid-span 0.23 1.60

Four modified dampers evenly distributed 0.23 1.60

T beam without dampers 0.37 -

5.4. Multiple Viscoelastic Dampers on an Office FloorThe new viscoelastic damper was thoroughly tested and found to be successful in

reducing the levels of vibration for the steel beam and the T beam as discussed

earlier. The MTMD system was also successfully tested on the T beam in two

configurations, one concentrated at the mid-span and the other in distributed form.

In order to assess the scaling of the dampers to the size necessary for real floors

and to examine their effectiveness under normal operating conditions, a real office

floor was investigated. The office floor is located in a building highrise tower in

the Melbourne CBD. The floor plan of this office is shown in Figure 5-11. The

floor comprises a 120 mm thick slab acting compositely with steel beams. The

concrete used in the construction of this floor was a lightweight concrete with 30

MPa strength and 1900 3mkg mass density. The problematic bay is 12.7 m long

and 9 m wide with a 3 m secondary beam spacing. The floor was designed for an

imposed live load of 5 kPa with a false floor, ceiling and other services

Page 181: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

162

accounting for an additional load of 1.17 kPa. The floor has a typical modern

office fit-out with low height partitions as shown in Figures 5-12 and 5-13). A

specific problematic bay was identified by the tenants as a lively bay and

uncomfortable for deskwork.

Figure 5-11 Plan of the floor and problematic bay

The problematic floor bay has two long corridors A & B in Figure 5-11, which are

perpendicular to each other. The walking paths are thus long enough for the

vibration energy to build up. Moreover, the distance from the intersection of these

corridors to the closest working station is just about 1 m, which is too close to

avoid the troublesome vibration effects. In this location, occupants at their

Page 182: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

163

workstation feel the vibration, with noticeable shaking of plants in pots when

people walk along the two corridors ‘A’ and ‘B’ that are shown in Figures 5-12

and 5-13).

Figure 5-12 Pathway ‘A’ of the problematic bay along the secondary beams

Figure 5-13 Pathway ‘B’ of the problematic bay crossing the secondary beams

Page 183: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

164

The building manager sought assistance from the building designer to assess the

floor dynamic performance. The designer investigated the floor and carried out a

numerical analysis to compare the floor response acceleration with the acceptance

criteria for walking excitation. The numerical analysis was carried out in

accordance with the AISC DG11 (Murray et al. 1997), which is widely used in

assessing floors in Australia. As discussed in Section 2.3.1.1, for office floor

systems with natural frequencies in the range of 4-8 Hz, the maximum acceptable

acceleration is 0.5% g.

The preliminary numerical analysis estimated the natural frequency of the floor

system to be about 4.9 Hz. Assuming that the damping ratio of the floor was 3%,

the peak acceleration was calculated using AISC DG11 and found to be 0.44% g,

which is within the acceptability range. This value of peak acceleration is

marginal and based on the assumption of a 3% damping ratio. If the damping ratio

is assumed to be 2.5%, the peak calculated acceleration would be 0.53% g, which

exceeds the acceptance criteria.

The assumptions and subjectiveness of the assessment can cause large

discrepancies. Therefore, to reduce the vibration of the floor, several solutions

were considered by the designer including the stiffening of the floor. Based on

careful consideration, the designer suggested the installation of a TMD to increase

the overall damping of the office floor. The designer suggested to their client to

pursue this option with the research team at Swinburne University of Technology.

Accordingly, the client contacted the research team in order to rectify the floor

using the viscoelastic dampers.

Before the dampers were designed, the problematic floor was required to be

assessed experimentally to measure the level of acceleration under walking

excitation as well as to determine its dynamic properties.

Page 184: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

165

5.4.1. Determination of Floor Natural FrequencyThe natural frequency of the floor was extracted from the heel drop excitations by

converting the time domain into the frequency using Fast Fourier Transform

(FFT). The measured natural frequency of the floor was about 6.2 Hz as

illustrated in Figure 5-14, which is higher than the predicted value of 4.9 Hz.

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200

0.002

0.004

0.006

0.008

0.01

0.012

0.014

Frequency (Hz)

Mag

nitu

de

= 6.2 Hzfn

Figure 5-14 Natural frequency of the bare floor obtained from heel drop excitation

5.4.2. Determination of the Peak Acceleration Due to WalkingIn order to assess the peak acceleration response of the original floor

experimentally, eight time histories for walking along the critical path (Pathway

‘A’) were recorded. The reason for considering Pathway ‘A’ as a critical path was

because of the high chance to approach the maximum response due to walking

along this longer path. An example of the response to walking along Pathway ‘A’

is illustrated in Figure 5-15 with a maximum acceleration value of around 0.6% g.

Page 185: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

166

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10-0.06

-0.04

-0.02

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

Figure 5-15 Response acceleration of the bare floor due to walking along Pathway ‘A’

The peak accelerations from eight time histories of the floor due to walking along

the critical path are shown in Figure 5-16. While there were some variations from

one record to another, the average maximum response was 0.52% g with the

maximum of the eight records of 0.67% g. It is obvious from Figure 5-16 that five

out of the eight records exceeded the acceptable limit of the peak acceleration.

The variation in the acceleration of the floor is due to the difficulty in controlling

the step frequency of walking so that the third harmonic matches the natural

frequency of the floor. The root mean square (rms) acceleration response was

about 0.53% g, which also exceeded the acceptable limit and agrees well with the

average maximum response of 0.52% g.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

Test Number

Peak

Acc

eler

atio

n (%

g)

Threshold = 0.5%g

Figure 5-16 Measured peak accelerations of the floor for the eight walking records

Page 186: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

167

An on-the-spot walking was also carried out to measure the steady state

acceleration response of the floor. This on-the-spot walking was conducted very

close to the area of maximum response (approximately the centre of the

problematic bay). In order to achieve the maximum response, the walking was

attempted at a frequency of about 2 Hz, which is one third of the measured natural

frequency of the floor. An example of the floor response acceleration due to on-

the-spot walking is illustrated in Figure 5-17. The average value of maximum

response acceleration of the floor for several time history records was about 0.7%

g. It is clear from the on-the-spot walking tests that if the walking force is

maintained at the right frequency for a sufficient time the peak acceleration of the

floor would far exceed the recommended maximum limit.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10-0.08

-0.06

-0.04

-0.02

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

Time (s)

Res

pons

e A

ccel

erat

ion

(m/s

2 )

Figure 5-17 Measured original floor response acceleration due to on-the-spot walking

According to the field tests, it was concluded that the office floor often fails to

comply with the acceptable level for human comfort. Therefore, remedial work

was required for this office floor to reduce the excessive floor vibration due to

walking excitation.

Page 187: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

168

5.4.3. Determination of Floor Damping RatioSeveral time histories were recorded from the heel drop excitations to obtain the

value of the damping ratio using the logarithmic decrement method (LDM) and

Randec method.

In order to eliminate the noise from the measured signal, the signals were filtered

in the frequency domain for the frequency band of 2-20 Hz. The filtered signals

were transformed back to the time domain using Inverse Fast Fourier Transform

(IFFT). It appeared from the response of the floor due to heel drop excitation as

shown in Figure 5-18 that the damping ratio of the floor is not constant. The

damping values for every five cycles starting from the second cycle with an

overlap of two peaks were 3.8%, 2.4% and 2.3% as shown Figure 5-18. The

average value of damping ratio obtained from the three laps was about 2.8%.

Alternatively, the damping was also calculated for eleven peaks and it was found

that the damping ratio was about 2.9% as illustrated in Figure 5-18.

1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4-0.08

-0.06

-0.04

-0.02

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

2.4%

3.8%

2.3%

2.9%

Figure 5-18 Response of the floor due to the heel drop excitations using LDM

The damping ratio was also determined using the Randec method. Two damping

values were obtained from this method as illustrated in Figure 5-19, which

represent two distinct slopes for the response cycles. The first part provided a

damping value of 4.3%, which was constant over the first three peaks while the

Page 188: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

169

second part produced a damping value of 2.9%, which was constant over the

remaining peaks.

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4-0.04

-0.03

-0.02

-0.01

0

0.01

0.02

0.03

0.04

Time (s)

Res

pons

e

= 2.9%

= 4.3%

Figure 5-19 Damping ratio of the floor obtained from heel drop excitation using Randec

Both the LDM and Randec produced relatively high damping values for the first

few cycles. These values of damping are higher than expected for such a floor

where DG11, SCI P354, Hivoss and CCIP-016 would suggest a damping ratio of

3%. It is acknowledged that the measurement of damping using the heel drop

excitation can overestimate the damping because it measures not only energy

dissipation (the true damping ( )) but also the transmission of vibrational energy

to the structural components. Murray (1998) suggests that the modal damping of

the floor to be approximately two third to one-half of the LDM damping.

Consequently, the average value of damping for the initial cycles could be taken

as 2.7% (based on two third factor as suggested). This is closer to the damping

values, which were obtained from the cycles following the initial response. In

designing the TMD for this floor, it is more conservative to overestimate the

damping value of the floor rather than underestimate it. Therefore, for the

development of TMDs for this specific floor, a damping value of 3% was adopted

because it is consistent with the typical design value.

Page 189: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

170

To fully assess the retrofitted floor response, a sensitivity analysis will be

performed which includes a change in the damping ratio of the floor as presented

in Chapter 6.

5.4.3.1. Dynamic Testing of Building FloorsSCI P354 described two types of floor modal testing methods to estimate the

damping of existing building floors in Appendix C: when the excitation force

creating these responses is not measured and when it is measured (Smith et al.

2007).

5.4.3.1.1. Modal Testing of Floors without Measuring theExcitation ForceThere are three methods to estimate the damping without measurement of the

excitation force. These are ambient vibration survey (AVS), heel drop and

rotating mass shaker. The AVS method was discussed in Section 4.3.1 and its

accuracy depends on the grid points covering floor area of interest. The grid needs

to be dense enough to describe floor mode shapes of interest in sufficient detail,

otherwise a problem of so called “spatial aliasing” could occur, leading to

incorrect identification of mode shapes. The second method is the heel drop

excitation, which overestimates the damping and the obtained value of damping

needs to be adjusted as discussed earlier. The third method (rotating mass shaker)

estimates the damping using the half-power bandwidth. This process is slow and

prone to errors due to low frequency resolution obtainable particularly for the case

of closely spaced modes of vibration.

A common feature in the above methods where the excitation force is not

measured and hence the modal properties tend to be less complete and reliable.

This is because the lack of measurement of forces requires a number of

assumptions to be made to enable extraction of modal properties, and some of

them may not be correct, leading to considerable errors (Smith et al. 2007).

Page 190: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

171

5.4.3.1.2. Modal Testing of Floors with Measurements Made ofthe Excitation ForceTwo types of tests are commonly performed for the modal testing with measured

excitation force: impact testing (using an instrumented hammer or a heel-drop on

an instrumented force plate) and shaker testing (using a single shaker or an array

of shakers distributed over the floor area). In the case of an instrumented hammer,

the force is measured by a load cell installed at the tip of the hammer. A problem

with impact testing of floors using measured impulses is the fact that the

excitation energy is supplied over a very short period of time (relative to the

natural periods of modes of vibration being excited) and the response decays

quickly as well, within a second or two. This leads to poor signal-to-noise ratios

which leading to errors in the damping estimation. The problem of poor signal-to-

noise ratios in the instrumented impact testing can be resolved by employing an

instrumented shaker excitation (Smith et al. 2007).

5.4.4. FE Model to Determine Floor Dynamic PropertiesThe experimental work that was conducted to determine the natural frequency,

damping ratio and the peak acceleration response was necessary to assess the

existing condition of the floor. This was also necessary for obtaining data to

validate a FE model of the floor, which was later used for assessing the

performance of the TMDs to be fitted. One significant factor in designing the

damper is to estimate the modal mass of the floor in order to determine the

required optimum mass of the damper. General expressions are available for some

simple structures, such as simply supported beams, to calculate the modal mass of

the structure for dynamic analysis but no such general expressions are available

for complex and irregular floors. Therefore, FE modelling is an alternative tool to

be used to predict the modal mass of the fundamental mode for such complex

floors as well as to predict the floor response.

The floor was modelled using ANSYS to obtain the dynamic properties such as

the natural frequency and modal mass of the floor and then to predict the floor

acceleration response due to walking excitations. The slab was modelled using

Page 191: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

172

shell elements (Shell181) while the secondary and primary beams were modelled

as beam elements (Beam188). The beam end connections were assumed to be pin

joints. The steel and concrete were assumed to be linear elastic and the floor

damping was modelled as a stiffness multiplier. Standard steel properties were

used in the analysis with a Young’s modulus of 200 GPa and density of 7,8503mkg . For dynamic analysis, the modulus of elasticity of the concrete was

multiplied by a factor of 1.35. The dynamic Young’s modulus of the concrete was

taken as 26 GPa and its density was 1,900 3mkg . In addition to the self-weight

and services, 10% of the live load was used in the analysis.

5.4.4.1. FE Model for Problematic BayThe process of the FE analysis began with modelling the problematic bay only to

determine the mode shapes of the floor and their corresponding frequencies.

Modal analysis was conducted for this model and it was found that the

fundamental natural frequency of the problematic bay was about 5.1 Hz with a

mode shape as shown in Figure 5-20. The obtained natural frequency of the bay of

5.1 Hz did not agree with the measured natural frequency of 6.2 Hz.

Consequently, the model was extended to include the adjoining bays in order to

increase the stiffness and hence the natural frequency due to the continuity of the

concrete slab.

Page 192: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

173

Figure 5-20 Fundamental mode shape for the model of the problematic bay only

5.4.4.2. FE Model for Problematic Bay with Adjoining BaysThe adjacent bays in the vicinity of the problematic bay were included in this

revised model. From the modal analysis of this revised model, it was found that

the natural frequency of the first mode was about 6.1 Hz, which is very close to

the measured natural frequency of 6.2 Hz. The mode shapes of the corresponding

natural frequencies are shown in Figure 5-21 where it is obvious that the anti-node

of mode 1 (fundamental mode) is located around the centre of the problematic

bay.

Page 193: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

174

Figure 5-21 First eight mode shapes for the model of the problematic bay with adjoined bays

The modal mass of the problematic bay for the model was calculated from the

kinetic energy value of the mode using Equations (4-8 - 4-10) as discussed in

Section 4.2. The modal mass of the fundamental mode was about 15 tonnes.

In order to have a higher level of confidence on the values of natural frequency

and modal mass of the problematic bay and adjacent bays, another model of the

entire floor was created and analysed as described in the following section.

Page 194: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

175

5.4.4.3. FE Model for Entire FloorModal analysis for a model of the entire floor was conducted in order to obtain the

natural frequencies and their corresponding mode shapes which are shown in

Figure 5-22. It is obvious from this figure that the first mode is not critical for the

problematic floor bay, as it does not yield any anti-nodes in that bay. On the other

hand, the fourth mode with natural frequency of 6.2 Hz seems to be the resonant

mode for the problematic bay with an anti-node located around the centre of the

bay. The modal mass obtained from this model was found to be 16.5 tonnes.

It is obvious from Figures 5-21 and 5-22) that up to a frequency of 8.4 Hz, the

critical mode for the problematic bay is the mode with a natural frequency of 6.2

Hz. Generally, apart from mode No. 1 in Figure 5-21, which corresponds to mode

No. 4 in Figure 5-22, the other modes do not have significant impact on the

response of the problematic bay, as the problematic bay does not extensively

oscillate and the motion mainly occurs in the other bays. Hence, the critical

frequency of the excitation force for the problematic bay would be 6.2 Hz and the

maximum response takes place when the third harmonic of the walking step

frequency coincides with the frequency of this mode.

As the variation in both values of natural frequency and the modal mass for the

two models (entire floor and floor with adjoining bays) was only about 1% and

7% respectively, the model of the problematic bay with adjoining bays can be

adopted for further FE analyses such as the maximum acceleration response of the

floor due to walking excitation.

Page 195: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

176

Figure 5-22 First eight mode shapes and corresponding frequencies for the model of entire

floor

Page 196: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

177

5.4.5. Peak Acceleration of the Floor Using Analytical and FEModelsThe peak acceleration response of the problematic bay due to walking excitation

was investigated using analytical and FE models. The values obtained from the

analytical and FE models were compared with the values obtained from the field

tests.

5.4.5.1. Peak Acceleration Obtained From Analytical SolutionThe equivalent SDOF model of the floor for mode No. 4 in Figure 5-22 in terms

of the modal mass ( 1m ), frequency ( 1f ) and modal damping ( 1 ) were taken to be

16,500 kg , 6.2 Hz and 3% respectively. The value of modal mass was obtained

from the FE model for the entire floor while the values of frequency and modal

damping were based on the field tests.

For a quick simplified analytical estimation of the floor response to walking, the

SDOF system was subjected to only the third harmonic component of the walking

force that matches the floor natural frequency. The steady state acceleration of the

floor bay ( pa ) can thus be computed by manipulating Equation (2-8) to produce

Equation (5-6);

1111 2.

2 mPr

mFap

5-6

where

r = Fourier coefficient of walking excitation;

P = walker’s weight;

F = applied force;

1 = damping ratio of the original floor; and

1m = modal mass of the floor.

Page 197: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

178

The substitution of r = 0.1, P = 800 N, 1 = 3% and 1m = 16,500 kg into Equation

5-6) yields pa = 0.081 2sm or pa = 0.82% g. It should be noted that the person’s

weight was taken as 800 N to match the weight of the person who conducted the

walking test in the experimental work.

The peak acceleration of the floor due to the third harmonic force of the walking

excitation (0.82% g) exceeds the accepted comfort limit of 0.5% g. It should be

noted that the value obtained from analytical model is for steady state response of

the floor. This value of peak acceleration agrees well with the measured value

particularly with on-the-spot walking floor response. Using the adjusted values of

natural frequency, damping ratio and mass of 6.2 Hz, 3% and 16.5 tonnes of the

floor respectively, DG11 gives a peak acceleration response of 0.28% g. This

reduction in the peak acceleration response from 0.44% g to 0.28% g was because

of the increase in the natural frequency of the floor from 4.9 Hz to 6.2 Hz. Both

the measured and analytical values do not agree with value of peak acceleration

calculated by the procedure described in AISC DG11.

5.4.5.2. Peak Acceleration Obtained from FE ModelThe peak acceleration was also predicted using FE modelling. The force for

walking along the problematic bay was modelled in FE using Equation (4-14). A

transient dynamic analysis was conducted to extract the peak acceleration

response due to walking along the critical path. The peak acceleration obtained

from the FE model was about 0.87% g as shown in Figure 5-23. Similar to the

field tests and analytical results, the peak acceleration obtained from FE model

exceeded the acceptable value of comfortable acceleration limit of 0.5% g.

An on-the-spot walking test at the point of maximum response (anti-node) was

also carried out using the same FE model. The peak acceleration obtained from

the transient analysis was about 0.9% g as shown in Figure 5-24. It can be noted

from this analysis that the value of peak acceleration was very close to that

obtained from walking along the critical path of the problematic bay. This

indicates that the floor can reach the steady state response by walking along the

Page 198: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

179

critical path. It is most likely that the floor did not reach the steady state response

during the in-situ tests due to lack of consistency in the step frequency throughout

the walking path.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8-400

-200

0

200

400

600

Inpu

t For

ceat

Mid

-spa

n (N

)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8-0.1

-0.05

0

0.05

0.1

Res

pons

eA

ccel

erat

ion

(m/s

2 )

Time (s)

Figure 5-23 Floor acceleration response due to equivalent walk along the critical path and

response at mid-span using FE analysis

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8-500

0

500

Forc

e (N

)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8-0.1

-0.05

0

0.05

0.1

Time (s)

Res

pons

eA

ccel

erat

ion

(m/s2 )

Figure 5-24 Floor response from FE analysis due to on-the-spot walking at the centre of

problematic bay

Page 199: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

180

5.4.6. Development of Multiple Viscoelastic DampersA system of tuned mass dampers were designed and fabricated to attenuate the

excessive floor vibration level. One of the most challenging design requirements

was that the dampers had to be installed within the limited space of the false floor

with a cavity height of 150 mm.

For a total floor modal mass of 16,500 kg, a TMD with mass ratio of 1% would

have a mass of 165 kg. While this could be sufficient for an effective TMD

design, there were two uncertainties, which needed to be considered. The first, the

modal mass of the floor was based on 10% of the nominal live load. In reality, this

could be as high as 20% of the nominal live load as suggested by Hivoss (2010).

If this is the case, then the mass of the TMD needed to be increased. Furthermore,

during the installation of the MTMD system not all of the dampers will be

installed at the point of maximum response. Hence, the modal mass of the MTMD

system would reduce. Therefore, for a conservative design, it was decided to

adopt a higher mass ratio for the MTMD system to account for these two possible

uncertainties, which could potentially be reducing the effectiveness of the MTMD

system. Accordingly, the MTMD system was designed with a total mass of 276

kg. In order to assess the effect of change of floor mass on the performance of the

MTMD system a sensitivity analysis was performed as presented in Chapter 6.

A single viscoelastic damper with a configuration as shown in Figure 5-25a would

be too large to be housed within the 150 mm false floor. Consequently, a four

armed MTMD system in a crucifix configuration with 62.5 kg masses on each arm

as shown in Figure 5-25b was considered. This configuration was still too large to

be accommodated within the false floor. Alternatively, twelve distributed dampers

each with a relatively small mass were proposed to replace the single large and

four dampers options to satisfy the false floor space constraints. The MTMD

system consisted of 12 cantilever dampers with a total mass of 276 kg arranged in

3 sets (4 dampers per set) as shown in Figure 5-25c with an overall height of

about 140 mm.

Page 200: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

181

Figure 5-25 Plan view of TMD configurations

One appropriate type of commercially available rubber was selected for

developing the viscoelastic damper. A Dynamic Mechanical Analyser (DMA) was

utilised to obtain the mechanical properties of the rubber as a function of

frequency, amplitude and temperature. Once the mechanical properties of the

material were determined, the dimensions of the damper such as length, width,

thickness, end mass, etc., were estimated using the procedure outlined in Section

3.6 with the aim of satisfying the target optimal frequency and damping ratio of

the TMD. The dampers were then manufactured and tested to confirm their

dynamic properties. The thickness of the steel constraining layers was 6 mm and

the rubber core was 20 mm thick and 50 mm wide for each damper. The damper’s

arm had a length of 400 mm with an end mass of 22.5 kg. Pluck tests were

performed on each damper to confirm their dynamic properties with a typical time

trace and the Fourier transformation for the damper response shown in Figure

5-26.

Due to construction tolerances between dampers, minor variations in natural

frequency and damping ratio could be expected. From the pluck tests, each

damper had a natural frequency of approximately 6.2 Hz and a damping ratio of

approximately 5%. Whilst the damper could be tuned to the floor natural

frequency, it could not be designed with the optimum damping ratio of about 6%

using Equation (2-40), due to the limited dissipation loss factor of the available

rubber.

Page 201: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

182

1 2 3 4 5-0.8

-0.6

-0.4

-0.2

0

0.2

0.4

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n (m

/s2 )

0 2 4 6.2 8 10 120

0.005

0.01

0.015

0.02

0.025

0.03

0.035

0.04

0.045

0.05

Frequency (Hz)

Mag

nitu

deFigure 5-26 Damper response to pluck test

5.4.7. Preliminary Estimation of the Retrofitted Floor ResponseAn estimation of the response of the floor with dampers could be made by

adopting the equivalent single damper concept. For twelve dampers with a total

mass of 276 kg supported by three units 1.2 m apart, the computed modal mass for

the equivalent single damper, 2m , is approximately 250 kg. This takes into

account the departure of the damper units from the anti-node of the floor’s

fundamental mode shape. The total mass ratio based on the modal mass obtained

from the FE model of the entire floor of 16.5 tonnes, , is thus about 1.5% for

the whole damper system. Based on this mass ratio and damping values of the

dampers, the maximum acceleration response of the retrofitted floor could be

determined using Equations (2-8) and (5-3). Due to the addition of the dampers, a

reduction of 50% in peak response was expected compared with the original floor.

If this could be confirmed experimentally, the peak response of the retrofitted

floor would be reduced to be within the acceptable range.

Page 202: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

183

5.4.8. Installation of Viscoelastic Dampers and TestingThe twelve dampers were divided into three sets with each set consisting of four

viscoelastic dampers bolted to a steel base as shown in Figure 5-27. Each steel

base consists of 1001006 mm steel square hollow section welded to 10 mm

thick steel base plate. The steel plate was anchored to the floor using 10 mm

diameter Dynabolts to form a rigid connection, which could transmit the energy

from the floor to the dampers. One set of viscoelastic dampers was installed at the

centre of the problematic bay while the other sets were installed along the line of

the critical path at a distance of 1.2 m from the centre as illustrated in Figure 5-27.

Figure 5-27 Viscoelastic dampers installed within false floor

Page 203: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

184

5.4.9. In-situ Vibration MeasurementsThe floor was subjected to walking and excitation using an electrodynamic

shaker. The floor vibration was measured using accelerometers located at the

centre of the bay.

5.4.9.1. Retrofitted Floor Response to Walking ExcitationA large number of walking induced vibration tests were undertaken in which the

walking speed and step length were adjusted in an attempt to closely match the

third harmonic of the step frequency with the floor natural frequency so as to

attain the maximum floor response. Measurements taken before the installation of

the dampers revealed a peak acceleration floor response of about 0.67% g, which

exceeded the recommended level for human comfort of 0.5% g. After the dampers

were installed, the maximum acceleration level from all walking tests was found

to decrease to around 0.3%0.4% g, which is well within the acceptable range. It

was also observed that the floor felt less lively after installation of the dampers in

both standing and sitting positions of an observer. Samples of the peak floor

response to walking are shown in Figure 5-28 whilst typical time traces for the

walking induced response are shown in Figure 5-29.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80

0.1%

0.2%

0.3%

0.4%

0.5%

0.6%

0.7%

Record Number

Peak

Acc

lera

tion

(g)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80

0.1%

0.2%

0.3%

0.4%

0.5%

0.6%

0.7%

Record Number

a) Original Floor b) Floor with Dampers

Threshold = 0.5% g

Figure 5-28 Peak acceleration responses for the floor without and with the MTMD system

due to walking excitation

Page 204: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

185

0 2 4 6 8 10

-0.06

-0.04

-0.02

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n R

espo

nse

(m/s

2 )

0 2 4 6 8 10

-0.06

-0.04

-0.02

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

Time (s)

b) Floor with Dampersa) Original Floor

Figure 5-29 Typical traces for acceleration responses of the floor without and with the

MTMD system due to walking excitation

5.4.9.2. Retrofitted Floor Response to Shaker ExcitationGiven the possible variation in the walking frequency and hence response, it was

decided to use a mechanical shaker to obtain the response of the floor without and

with the TMDs. A series of tests were also conducted using a shaker (shown in

Figure 5-27) which excited the floor with a defined dynamic force and a

frequency range covering the resonant frequencies of the floor without and with

the dampers. The response of the floor was measured before and after the

installation of the dampers with resulting time histories as depicted in Figure 5-30.

Peak values obtained from acceleration time traces were collected and plotted in

Figure 5-31 for different tests. Generally, there was a reduction of 40% in peak

floor response to the shaker excitation, from 1.59% g for the original floor (Figure

5-30a) to 0.96% g for the floor with dampers (Figure 5-30b).

Page 205: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

186

0 10 20 30 40 50 60-0.2

-0.15

-0.1

-0.05

0

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n R

espo

nse

(m/s

2 )

0 10 20 30 40 50 60-0.2

-0.15

-0.1

-0.05

0

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

Time (s)

b) Floor with Dampersa) Original Floor

Figure 5-30 Typical acceleration responses for the floor without and with the MTMD system

due to shaker excitation

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80

0.5%

1.0%

1.5%

2.0%

Record Number

Peak

Acc

eler

atio

n (g

)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80

0.5

1.0%

1.5%

2.0%

Record Number

b) Floor with Dampersa) Original Floor

Figure 5-31 Peak acceleration response for the floor without and with the MTMD system due

to shaker excitation

5.4.10. FE Model for Floor with DampersThe office floor with viscoelastic dampers shown in Figure 5-25c was modelled

via FE to evaluate the performance of the dampers. The dampers were modelled

using FE elements as described in Section 4.3.4. The excitation force for walking

along the problematic bay was modelled in FE using Equation (4-14). The

Page 206: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

187

acceleration response of the floor with the attached dampers was investigated for

all splitting frequencies, which were created due to the addition of the dampers.

The waking frequency in Equation (4-14) was adjusted so that the third harmonic

of walking matches each splitting frequency. The maximum acceleration response

obtained from a transient analysis for all possible third harmonic walking

frequencies was found to be 0.4% g as shown in Figure 5-32. This confirms that

the effectiveness of the dampers in reducing the level of vibration by

approximately 50% (i.e. from 0.87% g (as discussed in Section 5.4.5.2) to 0.4%

g). The addition of the dampers reduced the acceleration response of the floor to

below the acceptable level to be in a good agreement with the experimental

measurements.

0 2 4 6 8

-0.08

-0.06

-0.04

-0.02

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

Time (s)

Acc

eler

atio

n R

espo

nse

(m/s

2 )

0 2 4 6 8

-0.08

-0.06

-0.04

-0.02

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

Time (s)

a) Original Floor b) Floor with dampers

Figure 5-32 Acceleration responses of the floor without and with dampers due to walking

excitation based on FE analyses

5.5. Concluding RemarksThis chapter discussed the development of an analytical solution for natural

frequencies and steady state response for a system consisting of a primary

structure combined with multiple identical tuned mass dampers. The steady state

response of a primary structure fitted with n identical TMDs would be similar to

that when it is connected to an equivalent single TMD. Consequently, in the event

that a single damper can not be used because of any restrictions in fabrication or

Page 207: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

188

installation then several smaller dampers with the same frequency and damping

ratio could be used instead.

For the T beam previously retrofitted with a single damper, four viscoelastic

dampers with a total mass ratio of 1% were developed to replace the single

damper. The retrofitted T beam was excited using heel drop excitation. The

overall response of the retrofitted T beam with multiple dampers was halved with

a corresponding increase in the damping ratio to 6.2% from the maximum original

value of 2.9%. The four dampers were then evenly distributed along the length of

the T beam to test the sensitivity of the beam response to the position of dampers

in relation to the location of maximum response. It was found that a reduction

factor of 1.8 in the response of the T beam could still be achieved. Although the

modal mass ratio reduced because of the departure from the anti-node position,

the dampers performed well when they were all located inside 10% of the beam

span from the anti-node.

A bay of a real office floor experiencing excessive floor vibrations was also

investigated. The building designer recommended the installation of viscoelastic

dampers to reduce the annoying vibrations.

Field measurements were performed to obtain the natural frequency, damping and

maximum response of the problematic bay due to walking. The in-situ tests

revealed that the dynamic properties of the bay were a fundamental natural

frequency of 6.2 Hz, damping ratio of 3% and a maximum acceleration response

due to walking excitation along the length of the bay of 0.67% g, which exceeded

the acceptable level for human comfort of 0.5% g.

A model of the entire floor was created in ANSYS to obtain the natural frequency,

modal mass of the fundamental mode of the bay and the maximum acceleration

response due to walking. The natural frequency obtained from the FE analysis

was in good agreement with the measured value. Further, the maximum

acceleration response due to walking was about 0.87% g and a modal mass of the

Page 208: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

189

fundamental mode was about 16.5 tonnes.

For a damper system to fit in the available false floor spacing of only 150 mm, a

distributed multiple viscoelastic damper system was developed. The damper

system consisted of 12 individual dampers grouped in 3 sets.

After the dampers were installed, the maximum measured acceleration obtained

from several walking tests was found to decrease to around 0.3%0.4% g, which

is well within the acceptable limit of 0.5% g. It was also observed that the floor

felt less lively after installation of the dampers in both standing and sitting

positions. The FE analysis for the floor with dampers revealed that the floor

acceleration response due to walking was reduced by at least 40%.

A series of tests were also conducted using a shaker, which excited the floor with

a defined dynamic force and a frequency range covering the resonant frequencies

of the floor without and with dampers. Using the shaker excitation, there was a

reduction of 40% in peak floor response as a result of the dampers. The response

was reduced from 1.59% g for the original floor to 0.96% g for the floor with

dampers.

The sensitivity of the retrofitted floor response to variations in damping ratio of

the floor will be investigated in the next chapter. Further, the effectiveness of the

MTMD system in reducing the vibration of the retrofitted office floor to variations

in damping ratio, damper mass ratio, damper frequency and location of the

dampers will also be investigated in the next chapter.

Page 209: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

190

6. Parametric Analyses

6.1. IntroductionThe successful development, installation and testing of multiple viscoelastic

TMDs were presented in Chapter 5. In this chapter, parametric studies are

presented to investigate the influence of several parameters on the performance of

MTMD. These parameters are variations in the floor damping ratio, damper

damping ratio, damper natural frequency, damper mass ratio and damper point of

attachment. These studies will be performed on the validated FE model, which

was developed in Chapter 5 to represent the real office floor that was retrofitted

with the MTMD system.

6.2. Performance of MTMD to Variations in Floor Damping RatioIn the design of a floor system, it is difficult to determine the damping ratio with a

high degree of accuracy. Even for an existing floor, the damping value may

change from one location to another depending on the fit-out in a specific area.

Further, the measurement of damping is performed indirectly and can be

complicated by the presence of multiple modes and signal quality. Hence, the

sensitivity of a retrofitted floor system with TMDs to variations in floor damping

ratio is investigated using FE analysis.

The damping ratio of the same office floor presented in Section 5.4 was varied

from 1% to 5%. The location of as built dampers and their properties in terms of

natural frequency, modal mass and damping ratio of 5% were kept constant. A

transient dynamic analysis was performed for the original floor to each assumed

damping ratio in order to obtain the maximum acceleration response due to

walking from one end of the floor to another using the walking force defined by

Equation (4-14). The retrofitted floor was also subjected to the same walking

force to obtain its maximum response with distributed damper for each assumed

damping ratio of the floor. The addition of distributed MTMD system can alter

Page 210: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

191

some of the original vibration modes of the floor and create new modes.

Consequently, the step rate was adjusted in order that the third harmonic of

walking matches each relevant frequency. A transient dynamic analysis was

performed for all these step rates in order to obtain the maximum response of the

retrofitted office floor.

The maximum floor acceleration response obtained from the FE transient analysis

was reduced to below the acceptable level for all damping ratios of the floor as

illustrated in Figure 6-1. The dampers were very effective in reducing the

acceleration response when the floor damping was low, while as expected the

effectiveness of the dampers degraded when the floor damping was high. These

analyses clearly show that if the damping ratio of the floor is underestimated or

overestimated it would have significant effect on the floor response. However,

when the floor is fitted with a MTMD system, such variations in floor damping

would have been much less significant. Indeed, within 20%, the variation in

damping for the floor under consideration, the resulting change in the retrofitted

floor response is almost negligible with the MTMD system reducing the

maximum vibration by a factor of 2.0.

This FE analysis investigating variations in floor damping indicated that

retrofitted floor response does not significantly change for a floor damping ratio

ranging from 1% to 5% although the response of the floor without dampers

significantly changes for this range of damping ratio.

Page 211: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

192

1% 1.5% 2% 2.5% 3% 3.5% 4% 4.5% 5%0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

Damping Ratio

Acc

eler

atio

n R

espo

nse

(% g

)

Original floorFloor with MTMDs

Threshold = 0.5% g

Figure 6-1 Acceleration response of the office floor without and with as built MTMD system

to variations in the floor damping ratio using FE analysis

6.3. Performance of MTMD to Variations in Damper DampingRatioA series of FE analyses were conducted to investigate the influence of variation in

the damping ratio of the individual dampers of the MTMD system on the

retrofitted floor response described in Section 5.4. The natural frequency and

modal mass of the as built MTMD system were kept constant throughout the

analysis. The damping ratio of the floor was assumed to be constant with a value

of 3% while the damping ratio of the damper system was varied from 3% to 8.5%.

The office floor retrofitted with the as built MTMD system but with varying

damping ratio was subjected to walking excitation for each splitting frequency

that were created from the addition of the MTMD system to the floor. The

walking was simulated using Equation (4-14) for a walk from one end of the floor

span to another. The step rate was adjusted to match the new frequencies of the

problematic bay.

From the FE analyses, it was found that the response of the retrofitted floor was

not very sensitive to the damping ratio of the MTMD system as shown in Figure

6-2. The maximum floor acceleration response reduced to the acceptable level for

Page 212: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

193

the entire range of variations in the damping ratio of the damper system (3% -

8.5%). It was also found that the floor response almost linearly decreased when

the damping ratio increased for this range of variations in the damper damping

ratio. The result from this analysis indicates that if the MTMD system does not

utilise rubber with the optimum properties, such system would still be effective in

reducing the maximum floor acceleration. In other words, the consequence for not

adopting optimum damping ratio for the dampers is minor.

3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8%0.38

0.39

0.4

0.41

0.42

0.43

0.44

Damper Damping Ratio

Acc

eler

atio

n R

espo

nse

(% g

)

Figure 6-2 Maximum acceleration response of the office floor to variations in the damping

ratio of the MTMD system using FE analysis for floor with 3% damping ratio

6.4. Performance of MTMD to the Variation in Mass RatioOne of the design considerations for the MTMD system is the mass ratio. To

determine the mass ratio, knowledge of the modal mass of the floor is required.

This in turn requires knowledge of two items, firstly, mode shape of the

fundamental frequency, which can be determined from an FE analysis for

complex or irregular floors, and secondly, the dead and live loads need to be

determined. While the dead load can be determined with high degree of accuracy,

the live load is estimated with a lower degree of confidence. Murray et al (1997)

suggests a value of 10% of the nominal live load to be used for floor vibration

analysis while Hivoss (2010) suggested the live load percentage of up to 20%.

Given that the designer of the MTMD system has the flexibility of nominating the

Page 213: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

194

mass ratio of the system and there could also be some uncertainty in relation to

the actual modal mass of the floor, a sensitivity analysis is performed to

investigate the effect of variation in the mass ratio of the MTMD system on the

response of the retrofitted floor.

The damping ratio of the floor was kept constant at 3%. Further, the MTMD

system natural frequency and damping ratio were kept constant to the values of

6.1 Hz and 5%, respectively. To achieve the damper frequency of 6.1 Hz for all

damper mass ratios, the stiffness of the damper was adjusted according to the

specified mass ratio. The mass ratio in this FE analyses was varied from 0.75% to

1.6%. The retrofitted floor was subjected to walking excitations with step

harmonics matching all splitting frequencies, which were created due to the

addition of the MTMD system. The peak acceleration responses of the retrofitted

floor for each mass ratio of the MTMD system are shown in Figure 6-3.

It was found that the floor response did not dramatically change due to the

variation in the mass ratio of the damper system. For a benchmark value of 1% for

mass ratio, the response of the retrofitted floor with 0.75% mass ratio system was

higher by 2.4%. For a retrofitted floor with MTMD system with a mass ratio of

1.6%, the acceleration response decreased by 10.7%.

0.8% 0.9% 1.0% 1.1% 1.2% 1.3% 1.4% 1.5% 1.6%0.39

0.4

0.41

0.42

0.43

0.44

0.45

0.46

MTMD Mass Ratio

Acc

eler

atio

n R

espo

nse

(% g

)

Figure 6-3 Acceleration response of the 3% damping ratio office floor to variations in the

MTMD system mass ratio using FE analysis

Page 214: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

195

It was also found that the acceleration response of the floor due to walking

excitation is acceptable for all damper mass ratios in this range despite the

difference in the frequency band of the splitting frequencies produced by the

addition of MTMD. The frequency band for a MTMD system mass ratio of 0.75%

is slightly narrower when it compared with frequency band of 1.6% damper mass

ratio as illustrated in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1 Comparison floor acceleration response to variations in the MTMD mass ratio

MTMD system

mass ratio

MTMD system

modal mass (kg)

Frequency

band (Hz)

Acceleration

response (% g)

0.75% 123 5.9 – 6.4 0.46

1.00% 165 5.8 – 6.4 0.44

1.25% 206 5.8 – 6.5 0.42

1.60% 264 5.7 – 6.5 0.39

It can be concluded from this study that small change in the mass ratio would not

have a significant change on the performance of MTMD system. However,

improvements in MTMD system performance can be achieved by increasing the

mass ratio if there is no space or practical limitations.

6.5. Performance of MTMD to Variations in Damper’s FrequencyThe natural frequency of the damper is an important factor that affects the

performance of the MTMD system in reducing the levels of vibration. The

optimum natural frequency of the damper system for a retrofitted floor with 6.2

Hz floor natural frequency and 1.5% damper mass ratio was calculated to be 6.1

Hz. The effectiveness of the damper system in reducing the floor vibrations is

expected to be reduced when the damper natural frequency departs from the

optimal value. Mistuning of dampers can occur due to variations or errors in

estimating the floor frequency and damper frequency.

As the purpose of this sensitivity study was to investigate the performance of the

floor response to the variation in the damper natural frequency, the floor natural

frequency of 6.2 Hz was assumed to be constant and the variation was imposed on

Page 215: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

196

the natural frequency of the damper system. The damper natural frequency was

changed from 5 Hz to 7 Hz. The stiffness of the dampers in the FE analysis was

adjusted to achieve the required natural frequency while the damper mass and the

damping ratio of the damper remained constant. The retrofitted floor was

subjected to a walking force and a transient analysis was performed as described

in Section 6.2.

The FE result for the retrofitted floor response due to walking excitation revealed

that the response was not significantly affected by the variation in the natural

frequency of the damper in the range of %5.2 (i.e. from 5.95 to 6.25 Hz) from

the optimum value (6.1 Hz) as shown in Figure 6-4. In this frequency range, the

dampers can achieve up to 90% of their ultimate performance. For variation of

natural frequency of damper in the range of %5 (i.e. from 5.8 to 6.4 Hz), the

damper can still reduce the floor vibration to an acceptable level but the damper

system loses about 23% of its effectiveness.

5 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8 5.9 6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.6 6.8 70.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

Damper Frequency (Hz)

Acc

eler

atio

n R

espo

nse

(% g

)

Optimum dampernatural frequencyof 6.1 Hz

Figure 6-4 Maximum acceleration response of the retrofitted office floor to variations in the

natural frequency of MTMD system using FE analysis

The above analysis was for the configuration that all dampers are tuned to the

same frequency. Another sensitivity analysis was undertaken to the variation of

damper frequency that each set of dampers has different frequency from the

Page 216: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

197

optimum frequency within the frequency band of 6 Hz to 6.5 Hz (i.e. -1.6% to

6.6% variation from the optimum frequency of 6.1 Hz). The adjustment of the

damper frequency and the properties of the floor and dampers were described in

this sub-section earlier. The retrofitted floor was subjected to walking excitation

and the maximum response for each case was obtained as detailed in Table 6-2. It

was found that the dampers for the cases of having different frequencies were

very effective in reducing the floor response compared to when all were tuned to

the optimum frequency as clearly seen in Table 6-2. This is due to the fact that

multi-modes of this particular floor are controlled and hence better damper

performance. There are about 4 modes as shown in Figure 5-22 which can be

controlled for the range of damper frequency of 6.0 Hz to 6.5 Hz. It can be

concluded from this analysis that for floors with the closely spaced modes, the

dampers should be tuned within a small frequency band around the optimum

frequency for better damper performance.

Table 6-2 Floor response due to the tuning of damper sets to different frequencies

CaseDamper Frequency (Hz)

Floor Response (%g)Set 1 Set 2 Set 3

1 6.10 6.10 6.10 0.40

2 6.00 6.20 6.40 0.28

3 6.10 6.30 6.50 0.33

4 6.05 6.40 6.00 0.29 Set 2 is the central set at the point of the maximum response.

Set 1 is located to the left of Set 2 and is at the distance of 1.2m along the critical path (See Figure 5-11

for directions and critical path).

Set 3 is located to the right of Set 2 and is at the distance of 1.2m along the critical path (See Figure 5-11

for directions and critical path).

Damper frequency (Hz) 6.00 6.05 6.10 6.20 6.30 6.40 6.50

Variation from optimum frequency of 6.1 Hz -1.6% -0.8% 0 1.6% 3.3% 4.9% 6.6%

Page 217: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

198

6.6. Performance of MTMD to Departure from Location ofMaximum ResponseThe departure of the dampers from the location of maximum response was

investigated using FE analysis. This departure from the location of maximum

response may decrease the effectiveness of the damper system in reducing the

level of vibration as the modal mass decreases for the same total MTMD system

mass. To investigate the sensitivity of the floor response to the damper location,

the three groups of identical dampers (which were described in Section 5.4) were

moved along the floor.

The MTMD system were distributed along the X and Y axes on a circumference

of a circle originated at the point of maximum response (approximately the centre

of the problematic bay) in a distributed form as illustrated in Figure 6-5. The three

sets of MTMD were relocated five times. The radius of the circle began at 1 m

and increased by 0.5 m up to 3 m from the point of maximum response. Modal

analysis for the first 10 modes was performed for each MTMD location to

determine the new natural frequencies of the problematic bay and the

corresponding mode shapes.

The floor with distributed MTMD system was subjected to walking excitation to

obtain the maximum acceleration response. In order to obtain the maximum

acceleration response for each location of MTMD, the FE transient analysis due to

walking excitation was repeated to match all relevant frequencies of the

problematic bay. The maximum acceleration response for each MTMD system

location is shown in Figure 6-6. The analyses revealed that the dampers remained

very effective in reducing the floor vibration for the circular area with 1.5 m

radius originated at the point of maximum response. Beyond this circular area, the

effectiveness of the dampers was decreased and when the radius of the circular

area exceeded 2.5 m the dampers could not reduce the floor acceleration to the

acceptable limit. In terms of span ratios, the MTMDs were very effective when

located up to 25% of the span from the point of maximum response, while the

MTMDs could not reduce the floor acceleration to the acceptable limit when they

Page 218: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

199

were located up to the 35% of the span from the point of maximum response.

Figure 6-5 MTMD system distributed apart from the point of maximum response

1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 30.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

Location of MTMDs from Point of Maximum Response (m)

Acc

eler

atio

n R

espo

nse

(m/s

2 )

Original floorFloor with MTMDs

Figure 6-6 Acceleration response of the 3% damping ratio office floor to different MTMD

system locations using FE analysis

Page 219: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

200

Modal analysis can be used to identify the best area of a floor to position the

distributed dampers. Since the shape of the problematic floor shown in Figure 6-7

was rectangular, the area of maximum response was taken as elliptical shape. The

contour plot of the first mode of the problematic bay is useful in determining the

most effective area for distribution of the MTMD system. This type of sensitivity

analysis is essential for the distributed damper system particularly when it is

difficult to install all dampers at the point of maximum response.

Figure 6-7 First mode shape of the problematic bay without damper

6.7. Concluding RemarksThe sensitivity of the retrofitted floor acceleration response to variations in the

floor damping ratio, damper damping ratio, damper natural frequency, damper

mass ratio and damper point of attachment was performed using FE analyses.

From the investigation of the specific floor, it was found that the addition of the

MTMD system could reduce the floor response to the acceptable level when the

Page 220: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

201

damping ratio of the floor was varied in the range of 1% to 5%. However, the

efficiency of dampers decreased for the situation when the floor had a high

damping ratio.

The FE analysis investigating variations in the damper damping ratio revealed that

the response of the retrofitted floor was not very sensitive to the damping ratio of

the damper. The damper system can reduce the floor acceleration response to the

acceptable level when the damping ratio of the damper was above 3% and the

MTMD system can reduce the maximum vibration by a factor of 2.

Based on the sensitivity analysis related to the mass ratio of the MTMD, it was

found that the floor acceleration response did not significantly change due to

variations in the mass ratio of the MTMD system. The MTMD system can reduce

the maximum acceleration response of the floor to 0.46% g when the mass ratio

was 0.75% while the maximum acceleration response of the floor was reduced to

0.4% g when the mass ratio was 1.6%.

The FE analysis for variations in the natural frequency for the individual dampers

of MTMD system revealed that the MTMD systems can achieve 90% of its

optimal performance when the variation in the damper frequency is in the range of

2.5% from the optimum value. When the variation in the natural frequency of

the individual dampers is in the range of 5%, the MTMD system can reduce the

floor acceleration response to the acceptable level but the MTMD system loses

about 23% of its effectiveness.

FE analyses were performed to investigate the sensitivity of the floor response to

the departure of the MTMD system from the location of maximum response. It

was found that the MTMD system remained very effective in reducing the floor

vibration when it was distributed within a span ratio of 25% from the point of

maximum response. Beyond the 35% of the span from the point of maximum

response, the MTMD system can not reduce the floor acceleration to below the

acceptable limit. On the other hand, the dampers can be more robust in reducing

Page 221: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

202

the floor vibration when damper sets are differently tuned within a small

frequency band around the optimum frequency to control several modes of the

floor or to account for variation in floor frequency over time.

The use of distributed MTMD system offers a significant advantage in reducing

the size and space required for a single TMD. Based on the sensitivity analyses

presented in this chapter, it is clear that the developed viscoelastic MTMD system

provides a robust solution in reducing floor vibrations. Such a MTMD system is

tolerant to some variations in the mass ratio of the system and damping ratios of

the floor and dampers. On the other hand, dampers remain efficient with some

changes in damper frequency and location of attachment to the floor.

Page 222: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

203

7. Conclusions

This thesis investigated the reduction of excessive floor vibrations in existing

office floors using a new viscoelastic damper. The new damper can be used as a

single tuned mass damper or in multiple damper configurations. The new damper

is simple in form, compact and cost efficient. Using this new damper, a significant

reduction of floor vibration can be achieved. This achievement has been

demonstrated using analytical models, experimental results and FE analyses.

The major findings and conclusions from this research are summarised below.

7.1. Floor Assessment and Rectification MethodsMost common methods to assess the dynamic performance of floor systems were

reviewed. The floor peak response due to human excitation depends largely on the

dynamic properties of the floor system. The designer can calculate, with a high

degree of accuracy, the natural frequency and mass of the floor using available

expressions or FE analysis. However, the damping has to be assumed based on

construction materials, fit-out of the floor and furnishing. The engineers may not

know the details of the fit-out or the furnishing during the structural design phase

and hence there could be a high degree of discrepancy between the estimated and

the actual damping values.

Commonly used remedial measures to reduce the levels of vibration were

reviewed. Increasing the floor stiffness can reduce human induced vibration

because it increases the natural frequency of the floor and hence shifts the

resonance to a higher walking harmonic, but is often unacceptable due to practical

limitations. Adding full-height partitions with the aim of increasing damping in

most cases is not possible due to architectural and functional requirements. Few

case studies of floor systems with excessive levels of vibration rectified by

increasing the damping using dampers have been reported. Most of the case

Page 223: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

204

studies were based on TMDs with viscous dampers applied to floor systems that

experiencing large displacements. While few concepts for other types of dampers

for office floors have been discussed in the literature review, there is little or no

information available on their design limitations and physical properties. Further,

there are no specific TMDs commercially available for floor applications.

7.2. Concept of the New DamperA new viscoelastic TMD based on a sandwich beam concept was developed. This

damper takes the form of a cantilever beam and can be attached to a vibrating

floor within the space of the false ceiling or false floor. The damper can be in the

form of a single damper, multiple dampers at one location or distributed dampers.

The damper can be easily constructed from commercially available materials.

With attachment of an end mass, the damper can be easily tuned to achieve the

optimum frequency, which is a key parameter of TMD performance.

7.3. Development of Analytical ModelAn analytical model based on an approximate solution of the equation of motion

of a sandwich beam was presented. This method allows the dynamic properties of

a sandwich beam (i.e. natural frequency and damping ratio) to be calculated based

on basic input of the damper material properties and geometric configuration.

The viscoelastic (rubber) layer represents the damping element of the new damper

and its dynamic properties can be determined using a DMA machine or by back

calculation using measured data obtained from a prototype testing if a DMA

testing machine is not available. Both methods were utilised in this research and

were presented in this thesis.

7.4. Validation of Analytical ModelTwo prototype dampers were developed to validate the analytical model and

determine its accuracy in calculating the natural frequency and damping ratio of

the proposed damper. Each damper was tested for the configurations of without

and with an end mass. The difference between the experimental and predicted

Page 224: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

205

values was in the range of 1% - 12% for the frequency, while it was in the range

of 2%-19% for the damping ratio.

The viscoelastic dampers were also modelled using FE to obtain the overall

damping ratio and the natural frequency of the viscoelastic dampers. It was found

that the values of damping ratios and natural frequencies obtained from the FE

models were in good agreement with the values obtained from the analytical

model and experimental tests. The difference between the analytical model and

FE values for the natural frequencies was in the range of 5% - 11% while it was in

the range of 1% - 12% with the experimental values. The difference between the

analytical model values and FE values for the damping ratios was in the range of

2% - 9% while it was in the range of 2% - 16% with the experimental values.

Given the reasonable level of accuracy of the predictions from the analytical

model combined with its simplicity, it is considered to be sufficient and reliable

for the design of the new viscoelastic damper. Therefore, this analytical model

was used for the remainder of this thesis to predict the damping ratio and natural

frequency of the various viscoelastic dampers developed throughout the research.

7.5. Application of Viscoelastic TMD on Simple BeamsTwo prototype dampers were used to reduce the vibration of two simple beams.

The effectiveness of each damper in reducing the level of vibration was

investigated using the analytical model, FE analysis and experimental tests. The

sensitivity of the retrofitted beams response to variations in the damper natural

frequency, damping ratio and mass was also investigated.

One of the prototype viscoelastic dampers was developed to retrofit a simply

supported steel beam with dimensions of 3000 mm long, 100 mm wide and 25 mm

thick. The natural frequency of the steel beam ( 1f ) was 6.3 Hz and its modal mass

( 1m ) was 29 kg. One other important aspect affecting the steel beam response was

its damping ratio. The damping ratio ( 1 ) of the steel beam was determined

experimentally and found to be 0.3%. In order to obtain the response of the bare

Page 225: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

206

beam, it was experimentally tested with a harmonic excitation using a rotating

unbalanced mechanical shaker. To obtain the maximum response of the steel

beam, the shaker frequency was tuned to match the fundamental frequency of the

steel beam. The maximum measured acceleration response of the steel beam due

to the shaker excitation was about 5.3 2s/m .

A prototype viscoelastic damper of 1% mass ratio was developed using the

approximate analytical model to retrofit the steel beam. A commercial rubber was

used in the development of the damper with measured shear modulus (G ) of

about 690 kPa and a dissipation loss factor ( ) of about 0.12. The viscoelastic

damper had a natural frequency ( 2f ) of 6.3 Hz, a modal mass ( 2m ) of 0.29 kg and

a damping ratio ( 2 ) of 5.4%. The dissipation loss factor of the rubber used in the

development of the damper was not sufficient to provide the optimum damping

ratio of 6% for the viscoelastic damper with the given thickness, width and length

of the rubber and constraining plates. A rubber with a higher dissipation loss

factor would be needed to increase the damping ratio of the damper.

The viscoelastic damper was attached at mid-span of the steel beam and tested

using the mechanical shaker. The maximum acceleration responses of the

retrofitted steel beam was about 0.46 2s/m . The response of the beam was

reduced by a factor of 11.5, which was in good agreement with the predicted

reduction factor of 12.5. The steel beam without and with damper was also

modelled using FE and the reduction factor in the beam response was about 11

which is in good agreement with experimental and analytical values. The overall

damping of the retrofitted system was found to be about 3%, which is a significant

increase from the original 0.3% damping.

Using the analytical and validated FE analyses, it was found that the response of

the retrofitted beam was sensitive to variations in the damping ratio of the steel

beam. The damper was very efficient when the damping ratio of the beam was

less than 1% whereas the response reduction factor was significantly reduced

when the damping ratio of the beam was above 1%. On the other hand, the

Page 226: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

207

reduction in the response of the steel beam was less sensitive to the damping ratio

of the damper. For 1% damper mass ratio, the damper performed well when the

damping ratio of the damper was in the range of 15% from the optimum value

of 6%. Within this range, the damper can maintain about 90% of its optimum

performance.

The sensitivity of the steel beam response to variations in the natural frequency of

the damper from the optimum value was investigated using the analytical model

and FE analysis as well as experimental tests. The change in the damper

frequency was achieved by changing the mass of the damper. The results of

sensitivity analyses obtained from the three methods revealed that a variation in

the damper frequency of up to 2.5% from the optimum value has little effect on

the efficiency of the viscoelastic damper.

The response reduction factor obtained from the FE analysis and experimental

tests was found to be insensitive to the variations in position of damper location

within the middle fifth of the span for the steel beam.

In order that the effectiveness of the new viscoelastic damper could be fully

assessed, a second prototype damper was developed to rectify a large scale

experimental concrete T beam. The T beam had a span of 9.5 m, a total weight of

6,000 kg and was simply supported at the ends. The mode shapes and the

corresponding frequencies were predicted using experimental modal analysis. The

value of the fundamental frequency was about 4.2 Hz. The corresponding modal

mass of this beam was estimated to be 3,000 kg.

The viscoelastic TMD with a mass ratio of 1% was developed to retrofit this T

beam. The developed damper had a mass ( 2m ) of 30 kg, frequency ( 2f ) of 4.2 Hz

and damping ratio ( 2 ) of 4.5%. The material properties of the rubber used in the

development of the damper were dissipation loss factor ( ) of 0.15 and shear

modulus (G ) of 637 kPa. It should be noted that the dissipation loss factor of this

rubber was not sufficient to provide the optimum damping ratio of 6% for the

Page 227: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

208

viscoelastic TMD with the given thickness, width and length of the rubber and

constraining layers. A rubber with a higher dissipation loss factor would be

needed to increase the damping (such rubbers can be sourced from specialist

suppliers but were not readily available). The T beam without and with damper

was excited using heel drop and the measured value of reduction in the T beam

response was found to be about 2.0, which was in very good agreement with the

predicted analytical and FE harmonic analysis values of 1.9.

The measured maximum acceleration in the time domain of the bare T beam for

24 time history records due to walking excitation was about 2.7% g whereas the

maximum acceleration response for the retrofitted T beam was about 2% g.

Therefore, the reduction in the acceleration response due to the walking excitation

was about 1.4. The maximum response acceleration using the FE model without

damper due to the walking excitation was about 3.7% g while the maximum

acceleration response with attached damper was about 2.3% g. This translates to a

reduction factor of 1.6 for walking excitation, which is again in very good

agreement with the experimental results.

The difference in the apparent efficiency (reduction factor) from the harmonic

excitation and walking is attributed to the fact that under walking excitation, the T

beam did not reach steady state response. Therefore, the damper did not reach its

maximum potential. This is simply because of the limited span of the specimen.

The sensitivity of the retrofitted beam response to variations in the natural

frequency of the damper was investigated using analytical and FE analyses as well

as experimental tests by modifying the end mass of the damper. It was found from

the three methods that the response of the T beam was sensitive to variations in

the natural frequency of the damper. To maintain 90% of the maximum reduction

factor for the system with the attached damper, the variation in the frequency of

the damper should not be greater than 2.5% of the optimum frequency of the

damper. On the other hand, to achieve 80% of the maximum reduction factor, the

variation in the frequency of the damper should not be more than 4% from the

Page 228: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

209

optimum frequency of the damper. These findings are consistent with the results

for the steel beam.

Based on the detailed laboratory experiments, analytical and FE investigations it

can be concluded that the developed damper can provide significant reductions in

floor vibrations. Furthermore, the analytical model developed for this viscoelastic

damper can predict the dynamic behaviour with a good degree of accuracy.

7.6. Application of New TMD in Multiple FormThe concept of multiple viscoelastic tuned mass dampers was presented in this

research to overcome possible shortcomings of a single large damper. An

analytical model was introduced to calculate the natural frequencies and steady

state response of a system consisting of a primary structure (floor) which is

retrofitted using multiple identical tuned mass dampers. The steady state response

of the primary structure with n identical TMDs would be similar to the case when

it is retrofitted by an equivalent single TMD.

Four individual dampers with a mass ratio of 0.25% each were developed for the

T beam to replace the 1% mass ratio single damper. The properties of the

developed damper were mass ( 2m ) of 8 kg, frequency ( 2f ) of 4.2 Hz and

damping ratio ( 2 ) of 4.8%. The dampers were set up in a crucifix form and

attached at the mid-span of the T beam, which was the same point of attachment

for the single damper. The T beam was excited using heel drop excitation to

measure the effectiveness of dampers in reducing the acceleration response. It was

found from several heel drop records that the average reduction factor in

acceleration response of the T beam was about 2.1, which is in very good

agreement with the analytical and FE results of 1.9.

In some cases, there may be limitations on the space available for placing a single

large damper or a set of smaller size dampers at the location of maximum

response of the floor. In these situations, the multiple tuned mass damper

(MTMD) system could be spatially distributed along the length of floor beams. To

Page 229: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

210

demonstrate and evaluate this arrangement, the multiple dampers described above

were evenly distributed along the length of the T beam, which was tested again.

The average reduction factor in the T beam response due to several heel drop

excitations was in the order of 1.8. The four spatially distributed dampers were

also investigated using FE harmonic analysis and the response reduction factor

was 1.8, which is in excellent agreement with the measured value. The floor was

also excited by walking and the average reduction factor obtained from several

walking records was about 1.4. This value was in good agreement with value of

response reduction for the floor with the single large damper. Again, the

difference in the damper performance from the harmonic and walking excitations

is attributed to the fact that under walking excitation on the T beam, it did not

reach steady state response because of the limited span of the specimen.

7.7. Application of Multiple TMD on a Real FloorA distributed MTMD system was developed and installed on a real office floor to

reduce the level of vibration due to walking excitation. The office floor is in a

highrise building located in Melbourne and comprises a 120 mm thick slab acting

compositely with steel beams. The problematic bay is 12.7 m long and 9 m wide

with 3 m secondary beam spacing. This floor bay has two long corridors, which

are perpendicular to each other. The walking paths are thus long enough for the

vibration energy to build up and walking to induce excessive vibrations to occur.

It was reported by occupants that they could feel the vibration at their

workstations when people walked along the adjacent corridors.

The preliminary numerical analysis estimated the natural frequency of the floor

system to be about 4.9 Hz and the peak acceleration response using AISC DG11

was about 0.44% g based on the assumption of 3% damping ratio, which is within

the acceptable range. The in-site measurement of the office floor vibration

revealed that the natural frequency of the floor was about 6.2 Hz with an average

damping ratio of about 3%.

Page 230: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

211

A large number of walking tests were undertaken in which the walking speed and

step length were adjusted in an attempt to closely match the third harmonic of the

step frequency with the floor natural frequency in order to achieve maximum floor

response. The maximum acceleration response of the floor due to walking

excitations was about 0.67% g with an average value of 0.52% g. This average

value of 0.52% g exceeded the acceptable peak acceleration (0.5% g) due to

walking excitation for office floors.

A distributed MTMD system was developed and attached to the office floor to

attenuate the excessive vibrations. One of the most challenging aspects of the

design requirements was that the dampers had to be installed within the limited

space of a false floor with a cavity height of 150 mm. Twelve dampers each with a

relatively small mass were developed instead of a single large damper to fit within

the false floor space. The 12 damper system had a total mass of 276 kg (22.5 kg

for each damper) and was arranged in 3 crucifix sets (with 4 dampers each) .

After the MTMD system was installed, the maximum acceleration level from

several walking tests was found to decrease to around 0.3%0.4% g, which is well

within the acceptable level of human comfort. It was also observed that the floor

felt less lively after installation of the dampers in both standing and sitting

positions.

A series of tests were also conducted using an electrodynamic shaker, which

excited the floor with a defined dynamic force and a frequency range covering the

resonant frequencies of the floor without and with dampers. There was a reduction

of 40% in peak floor response to the shaker excitation. The response was reduced

from 1.59% g for the original floor to 0.96% g for the floor with dampers.

The performance of this floor was also assessed using FE analysis. A model of the

floor was built and tuned using the natural frequency measured. The same model

was then subjected to simulated walking excitation without dampers and with

dampers. The peak acceleration of the office floor without dampers was found to

Page 231: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

212

be 0.87% g. The acceleration response of the floor with attached distributed

dampers was about 0.4% g. The addition of the dampers reduced the acceleration

response of the floor to the acceptable level with a reduction factor of 2.0, which

was in a good agreement with the experimental value.

7.8. Sensitivity of Floor Response to variations in Floor andTMD PropertiesThe sensitivity of the retrofitted office floor acceleration response to variations in

floor damping ratio, damper damping ratio, damper natural frequency, damper

mass ratio and damper point of attachment was investigated using FE analyses.

For the office floor discussed above, it was found that the addition of the

distributed MTMD could reduce the floor response to an acceptable level when

the damping ratio of the floor varied in the range of 1% to 5% although the

efficiency of dampers decreased when the floor was assigned a high damping

ratio. For 1% floor damping, the response of the retrofitted floor was reduced

from 1.8% g to 0.49% g with a reduction factor in the floor response of 3.7. On

the other hand, for 5% floor damping, the response of the retrofitted floor was

reduced from 0.57% g to 0.36% g with a reduction factor in the floor response of

1.6. The analysis investigating the variation in the damper damping ratio revealed

that the response of the retrofitted floor was not sensitive to the damping ratio of

the damper. The damper system could reduce the floor acceleration response to

the acceptable level when the damping ratio of the damper was above 3%.

Based on the sensitivity analysis related to variation in the modal mass of the floor

and hence the resulting change in the mass ratio of the MTMD, it was found that

the floor acceleration response does not significantly change due to the variation

in the mass ratio of the MTMD system. When the mass ratio was 0.75%, the

MTMD system could reduce the maximum acceleration response of the floor to

0.46% g while the maximum acceleration response of the floor was reduced to

0.4% g when the mass ratio was 1.6%.

Page 232: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

213

The analysis for variations in the natural frequency for the individual dampers of

MTMD system revealed that the MTMD systems could achieve 90% of its

optimal performance when the variation in the damper frequency in the range of

2.5% from the optimum value. For a 5% variation in the natural frequency of

the individual dampers, the MTMD system could reduce the floor acceleration

response to the acceptable level but the MTMD system loses about 23% of its

maximum effectiveness.

It was found that the MTMD system remained very effective in reducing the floor

vibration when all individual dampers were distributed within a span ratio of 25%

from the point of maximum response. When all individual dampers were located

beyond this span ratio, the effectiveness of the MTMD system was significantly

decreased and the system could not reduce the floor response to the acceptable

level when all dampers were positioned away from the point of maximum

response by a distance of 35% of the span length. The relevant mode shape of the

floor could be used to position the dampers in the most efficient locations.

The use of distributed MTMD system offers a significant advantage in reducing

the size of each damper and hence the space required for retrofitting. Based on the

sensitivity analyses presented in this research, it is clear that the developed

viscoelastic MTMD system provides a robust solution in reducing floor

vibrations. Such a MTMD system is tolerant to some variation in floor mass and

damping and it remains efficient with some changes in damper frequency,

damping and location of attachment to the floor.

7.9. Recommendations for Future WorkThe damper was developed to control one mode of vibration of floor systems. The

control of more than one mode using multiple damper systems requires further

study. This could be possibly achieved by tuning the several TMDs in a

distributed system to modes which require suppression.

Page 233: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

214

The viscoelastic material was bonded to the constraining layers using a rubber

adhesive. The durability of adhesives and changes in the rubber properties with

time are required to be investigated. The rubber may harden with time and may

deviate from its original properties. A long-term creep testing under continuous

cyclic loading could be performed.

The natural frequency of the damper can be adjusted through the end mass to

achieve the optimum frequency. The tuning of the damper could be enhanced by a

mechanism that allows the end mass to be translated thereby altering the

cantilever stiffness and hence the damping frequency.

Page 234: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

215

References

1 Al-Hulwah, KI 2005, Floor Vibration Control Using Three Degree of

Freedom Tuned Mass Dampers, thesis, The School of Engineering,

University of Dayton.

2 Allen, D & Pernica, G 1998, Control of floor vibration, Institute for

Research in Construction, National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa.

3 Allen, DE 1990a, 'Building Vibrations from Human Activities', Concrete

International: Design & Construction, American Concrete Institute, vol.

12, no. 6, pp. 66-73.

4 Allen, DE 1990b, 'Floor vibrations from aerobics', Canadian Journal of

Civil Engineering, vol. 17, no. 5, pp. 771-779.

5 Alvis, SR 2001, An Experimental and Analytical Investigation of Floor

Vibrations, master thesis, Faculty of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and

State University.

6 Asmussen, JC, Brincker, R & Ibrahim, SR 1999, 'Statistical theory of the

vector random decrement technique', Journal of Sound and Vibration, vol.

226, no. 2, pp. 329-344.

7 Bachmann, H 1995, Vibration problems in structures : practical

guidelines, Birkäuser Verlag, Basel, Switz.; Boston, Mass.

8 Bachmann, H & Ammann, W 1987, Vibrations in structures : induced by

man and machines, International Association for Bridge and Structural

Engineering, Zürich.

9 Bakre, SV & Jangid, RS 2004, 'Optimum Multiple Tuned Mass Dampers

For Base-Excited Damped Main System', International Journal of

Structural Stability and Dynamics, vol. 4, no. 4, pp. 527-542.

10 Beards, CF 1996, Structural vibration: analysis and damping,

Butterworth-Heinemann.

11 Blanchard, J, Davies, BL & Smith, JW 1977, 'Design criteria and analysis

for dynamic loading of footbridges,' Proceeding of a Symposium on

Dynamic Behaviour of Bridges at the Transport and Road Research

Page 235: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

216

Laboratory, Crowthorne, Berkshire, England, Transport and Road

Research Laboratory, pp. 90-106.

12 Boice, MD 2003, Study to Improve The Predicted Response of Floor

Systems Due to Walking, thesis, Faculty of the Virginia Polytechnic

Institute and State University.

13 Brand, M, Sanjayan, J & Sudbury, A 2007, 'Dynamic response of

pedestrian bridges for random crowd-loading', Australian Journal of Civil

Engineering, vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 27-37.

14 Brincker, R, Krenk, S & Jensen., JL 1991, 'Estimation Of Correlation

Functions By The Random Decrement Technique', Proceedings of The

Florence Modal Analysis Conference. Held Under The Auspices Of The

Consiglio Nationale Delle Ricerche Florence, pp. 783-788.

15 Brownjohn, JMW, Fok, P, Roche, M & Omenzetter, P 2004, 'Long span

steel pedestrian bridge at Singapore Changi Airport–part 2: Crowd loading

tests and vibration mitigation measures', Structural Engineer, vol. 82, no.

16, pp. 28-34.

16 Buchholdt, HA 1997, Structural dynamics for engineers, American

Society of Civil Engineers, London; New York.

17 Chen, G & Wu, J 2003, 'Experimental study on multiple tuned mass

dampers to reduce seismic responses of a three-storey building structure',

Earthquake Engineering & Structural Dynamics, vol. 32, no. 5, pp. 793-

810.

18 Chopra, AK 1981, Dynamics of structures, a primer, Earthquake

Engineering Research Institute, Berkeley, Calif.

19 Clough, RW 1975, Dynamics of structures, New York : McGraw-Hill.

20 Collette, FS 2004, 'Comfort and vibrations on floors due to walking loads,'

The Scandinavian Vibration Society (SVIB).

21 Da Silva, JGS, Vellasco, PCGdS, De Andrade, SAL, De Lima, LRO &

Figueiredo, FP 2007, 'Vibration analysis of footbridges due to vertical

human loads', Computers & Structures, vol. 85, no. 21/22, pp. 1693-1703.

22 De Silva, C 2005, Seismic Base Isolation and Vibration Control, Taylor &

Francis, Boca Raton.

Page 236: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

217

23 De Silva, C 2007, Vibration Damping, Control, and Design, Taylor &

Francis, Boca Raton.

24 DiTaranto, RD 1965, 'Theory of vibratory bending for elastic and

viscoelastic layered finite length beams', Journal of Applied Mechanics,

pp. 881-886.

25 DMA2980 2002, Dynamic Mechanical Analyser, Operater's Manual, TA

Instruments, Waters LLC.

26 Ebrahimpour, A & Sack, RL 2005, 'A review of vibration serviceability

criteria for floor structures', Computers & Structures, vol. 83, no. 28-30,

pp. 2488-2494.

27 Ellis, B, Ji, T & Littler, J 2000, 'The response of grandstands to dynamic

crowd loads', Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers: Structures

and Buildings, vol. 140, no. 4, pp. 355-65.

28 Ellis, B & Littler, J 2004, 'Response of cantilever grandstands to crowd

loads. Part I: Serviceability evaluation', Proceedings of the Institution of

Civil Engineers, Structures and Buildings, vol. 157, pp. 235-241.

29 Ellis, BR 2003, 'The influence of crowd size on floor vibrations induced

by walking', Structural Engineer, vol. 81, no. 6, pp. 20-27.

30 Feldmann, M, Heinemeyer, C, Butz, C, Caetano, E, Cunha, A, Galanti, F,

A. Goldack, Hechler, O, Hicks, S, Keil, A, Lukic, M, Obiala, R, Schlaich,

M, Sedlacek, G, Smith, A & Waarts, P 2009, Design of floor structures for

human induced vibrations, European Commission, Joint Research Centre

(JRC), Institute for the Protection and Security of the Citizen.

31 Hanagan, LM & Murray, TM 1995, 'Active Control of Floor Vibration:

Implementation Case Studies', American Control Conference, pp. 1911-

1915.

32 Hanagan, LM & Murray, TM 1997, 'Active control approach for reducing

floor vibrations', Journal of Structural Engineering, vol. 123, no. 11, pp.

1497-1505.

33 Hanagan, LM, Murray, TM & Premaratne, K 2003, 'Controlling floor

vibration with active and passive devices', Shock and Vibration Digest,

vol. 35, no. 5, pp. 347-365.

Page 237: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

218

34 Haritos, N 1993, 'Equivalent Area Method for Estimating Damping

Levels', Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and

Materials (ACMSM13), pp. 341-348.

35 Haritos, N 2008, 'Implementation of a Low-Cost Structural Dynamics

Investigative System,' Ninth International Conference on Computational

Structures Technology, B.H.V. Topping and M. Papadrakakis, Paper no.

130.

36 Haritos, N, Gad, EF & Wilson, JL 2005, 'Evaluation the Dynamic

Characteristics of Floor System Using Dynamic Testing', ACAM2005, pp.

225-230.

37 Hartog, JPD 1956, Mechanical Vibrations, Mcgraw-hill.

38 Hechler, O, Feldmann, M, Heinemeyer, C & Galanti, F 2008, Design

Guide For Floor Vibrations, Graz University of Technology: Institute for

Steel Structures and Shell Structures, Austria.

39 Heinemeyer, C, Butz, C, Keil, A, Schlaich, M, Goldack, A, Trometer, S,

Lukić, M, Chabrolin, B, Lemaire, A, Martin, P-O, Cunha, Á & Caetano, E

2009, 'Design of Lightweight Foot-bridges for Human Induced

Vibrations'.

40 Hewitt, CM & Murray, TM 2004, 'Office fit-out and floor vibrations',

Modern Steel Construction, vol. 44, no. 4, April, pp. 21-22.

41 Hivoss 2010, Human-induced vibration of steel structures, European

Commission.

42 Hurty, WC 1965, 'Dynamic analysis of structural systems using

component modes', AIAA journal, vol. 3, no. 4, pp. 678-685.

43 Iglesias, AM 2000, Investigating various modal analysis extraction

techniques to estimate damping ratio, thesis, Virginia Polytechnic

Institute and State University.

44 Imregun, M 1991, 'A comparison of SDOF and global MDOF modal

analysis techniques when applied to a lightly-damped linear structure',

vol. 1, pp. 435-441.

45 Inman, DJ 1996, Engineering Vibration, Prentice-Hall, Inc.

Page 238: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

219

46 Irvine, M 1986, Structural Dynamics for the Practising Engineer, Allen &

Unwin Ltd, London.

47 ISO10137 2007, Bases for design of structures - Serviceability of

buildings and walkways against vibrations.

48 Kennedy, CC & Pancu, C 1947, 'Use of vectors in vibration measurement

and analysis', Journal of the Aeronautical Sciences, vol. 14, no. 11, pp.

603-625.

49 Kerr, SC & Bishop, NWM 2001, 'Human induced loading on flexible

staircases', Engineering Structures, vol. 23, no. 1, pp. 37-45.

50 Kerwin, JEM 1959, 'Damping of Flexural Waves by a Constrained

Viscoelastic Layer', The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, vol.

31, no. 7, pp. 952-962.

51 Koo, J-H 2003, Using Magneto-Rheological Dampers in Semiactive Tuned

Vibration Absorbers to Control Structural Vibrations, Doctor of

Philosophy thesis, Mechanical Engineering, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

and State University.

52 Koo, J-H, Ahmadian, M, Setareh, M & Murray, T 2004, 'In Search of

Suitable Control Methods for Semi-Active Tuned Vibration Absorbers',

Journal of Vibration and Control, vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 163-174.

53 Lenzen, KH 1966, 'Vibration of Steel Joist-Concrete Slab Floors', AISC,

vol. 3, no. 3, pp. 133-136.

54 Li, C & Liu, Y 2002, 'Further Characteristics for Multiple Tuned Mass

Dampers', Journal of Structural Engineering, vol. 128, no. 10, pp. 1362-

1365.

55 Li, H-N & Ni, X-L 2007, 'Optimization of non-uniformly distributed

multiple tuned mass damper', Journal of Sound and Vibration, vol. 308,

no. 1-2, pp. 80-97.

56 Ljunggren, F 2006, Floor Vibration - Dynamic Properties and Subjective

Perception, thesis, Department of Human Work Sciences, Lulea

University of Technology.

Page 239: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

220

57 Ljunggren, F & Ågren, A 2002, 'Development of a new damper to reduce

resonant vibrations in lightweight steel joist floors', Applied Acoustics, vol.

63, no. 11, pp. 1267-1280.

58 Mace, M 1994, 'Damping of beam vibrations by means of a thin

constrained viscoelastic layer: Evaluation of a new theory', Journal of

Sound and Vibration, vol. 172, no. 5, pp. 577-591.

59 Mead, DJ 1982, 'Vibration Control (I)', in RG White and JG Walker (eds),

Noise and vibration, Ellis Horwood Limited.

60 Mead, DJ 2007, 'The measurement of the loss factors of beams and plates

with constrained and unconstrained damping layers: A critical assessment',

Journal of Sound and Vibration, vol. 300, no. 3-5, pp. 744-762.

61 Mead, DJ & Markus, S 1969, 'The forced vibration of a three-layer,

damped sandwich beam with arbitrary boundary conditions', Journal of

Sound and Vibration, vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 163-175.

62 Menard, KP 2008, Dynamic mechanical analysis a practical introduction,

CRC Press, Boca Raton.

63 Murray, TM 1998, 'Floor vibration and the electronic office', Modern Steel

Construction, vol. 38, no. 8, pp. 24-28.

64 Murray, TM, Allen, DE & Ungar, EU 1997, Floor vibrations due to

human activity, American Institute of Steel Construction.

65 Naeim, F 1991, 'Design practice to prevent floor vibrations', Steel Tips,

Structural steel educational council, Technical information & product

services.

66 Nashif, AD 1985, Vibration Damping, John Wiley & Sons, New York.

67 Newland, D 2004, 'Pedestrian excitation of bridges', Proceedings of the

Institution of Mechanical Engineers, Part C: Journal of Mechanical

Engineering Science, vol. 218, no. 5, pp. 477-492.

68 Obata, T & Miyamori, Y 2006, 'Identification of a human walking force

modal based on dynamic monitoring data pedestrian bridges', Computers

& Structures, vol. 84, pp. 541-548.

Page 240: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

221

69 Olmos, BA & Roesset, JM 2010, 'Evaluation of the half-power bandwidth

method to estimate damping in systems without real modes', Earthquake

Engineering & Structural Dynamics, vol. 39, no. 14, pp. 1671-1686.

70 Papagiannopoulos, GA & Hatzigeorgiou, GD 2011, 'On the use of the

half-power bandwidth method to estimate damping in building structures',

Soil Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering, vol. 31, no. 7, pp. 1075-1079.

71 Park, J & Reed, D 2001, 'Analysis of uniformly and linearly distributed

mass dampers under harmonic and earthquake excitation', Engineering

Structures, vol. 23, no. 7, pp. 802-814.

72 Pavic, A & Reynolds, P 2002, 'Vibration Serviceability of Long-Span

Concrete Building Floors. Part 2: Review of Mathematecal Modelling

Approaches', The Shock and Vibration Digest 2002, vol. 34, pp. 279-297.

73 Puksand, H 1975, 'Optimum conditions for dynamic vibration absorbers

for variable speed systems with rotating or reciprocating unbalance', The

International Journal of Mechanical Engineering and Education, vol. 3,

pp. 145-152.

74 Rainer, J, Pernica, G & Allen, D 1988, 'Dynamic loading and response of

footbridges', Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering, vol. 15, no. 1, pp.

66-71.

75 Rainer, JH & Pernica, G 1986, 'Vertical dynamic forces from footsteps',

Canadian Acoustics, vol. 14, pp. 12-21.

76 Reynolds, P, Díaz, IM & Nyawako, DS 2009, 'Vibration testing and active

control of an office floor,' IMAC-XXVII, Society for Experimental

Mechanics Inc.

77 Rodrigues, J & Brincker, R 2005, 'Application of Random Decrement

Technique in Operational Modal Analysis', Proceedings of the 1st

International Operational Modal Analysis Conference (IOMAC),

Copenhagen, Denmark.

78 Salzmann, A 2002, Damping Characteristics of Reinforced and

Prestresses Normal-and High-Strength Concrete Beams, thesis, Faculty

of Engineering and Information Technology, Griffith University Gold

Cost Campus.

Page 241: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

222

79 Setareh, M 2002, 'Floor vibration control using semi-active tuned mass

dampers', Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering, vol. 29, no. 1, pp. 76-

84.

80 Setareh, M & Hanson, RD 1992a, 'Tuned Mass Dampers for Balcony

Vibration Control', Journal of Structural Engineering, vol. 118, no. 3, pp.

723-740.

81 Setareh, M & Hanson, RD 1992b, 'Tuned Mass Dampers to Control Floor

Vibration from Humans', Journal of Structural Engineering, vol. 118, no.

3, pp. 741-762.

82 Setareh, M, Ritchey, JK, Baxter, AJ & Murray, TM 2006, 'Pendulum

Tuned Mass Dampers for Floor Vibration Control', Journal of

Performance of Constructed Facilities, vol. 20, no. 1, pp. 64-73.

83 Setra 2006, Assessment of vibrational behaviour of footbridges under

pedestrian loading, Setra/AFGC.

84 Shope, RL & Murray, TM 1995, 'Using tuned mass dampers to eliminate

annoying floor vibrations', Proceedings of Structures Congress XIII,

ASCE, Boston, vol. 1, pp. 339-348.

85 Smith 1988, Vibration of structures : applications in civil engineering

design, Chapman and Hall, London ; New York.

86 Smith, AL, Hicks, S, Devine, PJ & Institute, SC 2007, Design of floors for

vibration: A new approach, The Steel Construction Institute.

87 Thorby, D 2008, Structural dynamics and vibration in practice : an

engineering handbook, Butterworth-Heinemann, Amsterdam; London.

88 Waarts, P & Van Duin, F 2006, 'Assessment procedure for floor vibrations

due to walking', Heron-English Edition, vol. 51, no. 4, pp. 251-264.

89 Webster, AC & Vaicaitis, R 1992, 'Application of tuned mass dampers to

control vibrations of composite floor systems', Engineering Journal-

American Institute of Steel Construction Inc, vol. 29, no. 3, pp. 116-124.

90 Willford, M, Young, P & Algaard, WH 2006, 'A Constrained Layer

Damping System For Composite Floors', The Structural Engineer, vol. 84,

no. 4, February.

Page 242: Swinburne Research Bank | Swinburne Research Bank - … · 2017-02-22 · efficient in reducing the levels of vibration generated from a mechanical shaker and human excitations. iv)

223

91 Willford, M, Young, P & Field, C 2005, 'Improved methodologies for the

prediction of footfall-induced vibration,' Buildings for Nanoscale Research

and Beyond, San Diego, USA, SPIE, 1-12.

92 Willford, MR & Young, P 2006, A design guide for footfall induced

vibration of structures: A tool for designers to engineer the footfall

vibration characteristics of buildings or bridges, CCIP-016, Cement and

Concrete Industry Publication, The Concrete Centre, UK.

93 Zivanovic, S, Pavic, A & Reynolds, P 2005, 'Vibration serviceability of

footbridges under human-induced excitation: a literature review', Journal

of Sound and Vibration, vol. 279, no. 1-2, pp. 1-74.